1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
53 #include "arm-reloc-property.h"
60 template<bool big_endian
>
61 class Output_data_plt_arm
;
63 template<bool big_endian
>
66 template<bool big_endian
>
67 class Arm_input_section
;
69 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
;
71 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
;
73 class Arm_exidx_fixup
;
75 template<bool big_endian
>
76 class Arm_output_section
;
78 class Arm_exidx_input_section
;
80 template<bool big_endian
>
83 template<bool big_endian
>
84 class Arm_relocate_functions
;
86 template<bool big_endian
>
87 class Arm_output_data_got
;
89 template<bool big_endian
>
93 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address
;
95 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
96 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
97 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
98 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
99 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 22) + 4);
100 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
101 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 24) + 4);
103 // Thread Control Block size.
104 const size_t ARM_TCB_SIZE
= 8;
106 // The arm target class.
108 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
109 // supporting Android only for the time being.
112 // - Implement all static relocation types documented in arm-reloc.def.
113 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
115 // There are probably a lot more.
117 // Ideally we would like to avoid using global variables but this is used
118 // very in many places and sometimes in loops. If we use a function
119 // returning a static instance of Arm_reloc_property_table, it will very
120 // slow in an threaded environment since the static instance needs to be
121 // locked. The pointer is below initialized in the
122 // Target::do_select_as_default_target() hook so that we do not spend time
123 // building the table if we are not linking ARM objects.
125 // An alternative is to to process the information in arm-reloc.def in
126 // compilation time and generate a representation of it in PODs only. That
127 // way we can avoid initialization when the linker starts.
129 Arm_reloc_property_table
*arm_reloc_property_table
= NULL
;
131 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
132 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
137 // Types of instruction templates.
141 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
142 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
143 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
144 // conditional branches.
145 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
,
151 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
153 static const Insn_template
154 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data
)
155 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
157 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
158 // when we build the stub.
159 static const Insn_template
160 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data
)
161 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 1); }
163 static const Insn_template
164 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data
)
165 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
167 static const Insn_template
168 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data
, int reloc_addend
)
170 return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
,
174 static const Insn_template
175 arm_insn(uint32_t data
)
176 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
178 static const Insn_template
179 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data
, int reloc_addend
)
180 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
, reloc_addend
); }
182 static const Insn_template
183 data_word(unsigned data
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
184 { return Insn_template(data
, DATA_TYPE
, r_type
, reloc_addend
); }
186 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
191 { return this->data_
; }
193 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
196 { return this->type_
; }
198 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
201 { return this->r_type_
; }
205 { return this->reloc_addend_
; }
207 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
211 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
216 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
219 Insn_template(unsigned data
, Type type
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
220 : data_(data
), type_(type
), r_type_(r_type
), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend
)
223 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
224 // some of the instruction bits.
226 // Instruction template type.
228 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
229 unsigned int r_type_
;
230 // Relocation addend.
231 int32_t reloc_addend_
;
234 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
238 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
239 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
240 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
241 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
243 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
247 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
248 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
249 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
250 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
251 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
252 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
253 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
254 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
258 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
264 // First reloc stub type.
265 arm_stub_reloc_first
= arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
,
266 // Last reloc stub type.
267 arm_stub_reloc_last
= arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
,
269 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
270 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
,
271 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
272 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
,
275 arm_stub_type_last
= arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
279 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
280 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
281 // common to all stubs of the same type.
286 Stub_template(Stub_type
, const Insn_template
*, size_t);
294 { return this->type_
; }
296 // Return an array of instruction templates.
299 { return this->insns_
; }
301 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
304 { return this->insn_count_
; }
306 // Return size of template in bytes.
309 { return this->size_
; }
311 // Return alignment of the stub template.
314 { return this->alignment_
; }
316 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
318 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
319 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
; }
321 // Return number of relocations in this template.
324 { return this->relocs_
.size(); }
326 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
328 reloc_insn_index(size_t i
) const
330 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
331 return this->relocs_
[i
].first
;
334 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
335 // beginning of the stub.
337 reloc_offset(size_t i
) const
339 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
340 return this->relocs_
[i
].second
;
344 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
345 // and its offset from start of stub.
346 typedef std::pair
<size_t, section_size_type
> Reloc
;
348 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
350 Stub_template(const Stub_template
&);
351 Stub_template
& operator=(const Stub_template
&);
355 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
356 const Insn_template
* insns_
;
357 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
359 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
361 // Alignment of templated instructions.
363 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
364 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_
;
365 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
366 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
367 // them here for speed.
368 std::vector
<Reloc
> relocs_
;
372 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
373 // stubs used in the ARM target.
379 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
380 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
383 Stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
384 : stub_template_(stub_template
), offset_(invalid_offset
)
391 // Return the stub template.
393 stub_template() const
394 { return this->stub_template_
; }
396 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
400 gold_assert(this->offset_
!= invalid_offset
);
401 return this->offset_
;
404 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
406 set_offset(section_offset_type offset
)
407 { this->offset_
= offset
; }
409 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
410 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
412 reloc_target(size_t i
)
413 { return this->do_reloc_target(i
); }
415 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
417 write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
418 { this->do_write(view
, view_size
, big_endian
); }
420 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
421 // for the i-th instruction.
423 thumb16_special(size_t i
)
424 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i
); }
427 // This must be defined in the child class.
429 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
431 // This may be overridden in the child class.
433 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
436 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
438 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
441 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
442 // instruction template.
444 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
445 { gold_unreachable(); }
448 // A template to implement do_write.
449 template<bool big_endian
>
451 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
454 const Stub_template
* stub_template_
;
455 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
456 section_offset_type offset_
;
459 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
460 // of limited branch ranges.
462 class Reloc_stub
: public Stub
465 static const unsigned int invalid_index
= static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
466 // We assume we never jump to this address.
467 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
469 // Return destination address.
471 destination_address() const
473 gold_assert(this->destination_address_
!= this->invalid_address
);
474 return this->destination_address_
;
477 // Set destination address.
479 set_destination_address(Arm_address address
)
481 gold_assert(address
!= this->invalid_address
);
482 this->destination_address_
= address
;
485 // Reset destination address.
487 reset_destination_address()
488 { this->destination_address_
= this->invalid_address
; }
490 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
491 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
492 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
493 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
495 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Arm_address branch_address
,
496 Arm_address branch_target
, bool target_is_thumb
);
498 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
499 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
500 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
505 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
506 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
507 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
508 Key(Stub_type stub_type
, const Symbol
* symbol
, const Relobj
* relobj
,
509 unsigned int r_sym
, int32_t addend
)
510 : stub_type_(stub_type
), addend_(addend
)
514 this->r_sym_
= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
;
515 this->u_
.symbol
= symbol
;
519 gold_assert(relobj
!= NULL
&& r_sym
!= invalid_index
);
520 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
521 this->u_
.relobj
= relobj
;
528 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
534 { return this->stub_type_
; }
536 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
539 { return this->r_sym_
; }
541 // Return the symbol if there is one.
544 { return this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
? this->u_
.symbol
: NULL
; }
546 // Return the relobj if there is one.
549 { return this->r_sym_
!= invalid_index
? this->u_
.relobj
: NULL
; }
551 // Whether this equals to another key k.
553 eq(const Key
& k
) const
555 return ((this->stub_type_
== k
.stub_type_
)
556 && (this->r_sym_
== k
.r_sym_
)
557 && ((this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
558 ? (this->u_
.relobj
== k
.u_
.relobj
)
559 : (this->u_
.symbol
== k
.u_
.symbol
))
560 && (this->addend_
== k
.addend_
));
563 // Return a hash value.
567 return (this->stub_type_
569 ^ gold::string_hash
<char>(
570 (this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
571 ? this->u_
.relobj
->name().c_str()
572 : this->u_
.symbol
->name())
576 // Functors for STL associative containers.
580 operator()(const Key
& k
) const
581 { return k
.hash_value(); }
587 operator()(const Key
& k1
, const Key
& k2
) const
588 { return k1
.eq(k2
); }
591 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
597 Stub_type stub_type_
;
598 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
599 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
601 // If r_sym_ is invalid index. This points to a global symbol.
602 // Otherwise, this points a relobj. We used the unsized and target
603 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
604 // Arm_relobj. This is done to avoid making the stub class a template
605 // as most of the stub machinery is endianness-neutral. However, it
606 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
609 const Symbol
* symbol
;
610 const Relobj
* relobj
;
612 // Addend associated with a reloc.
617 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
618 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
619 : Stub(stub_template
), destination_address_(invalid_address
)
625 friend class Stub_factory
;
627 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
630 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
632 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
634 return this->destination_address_
;
638 // Address of destination.
639 Arm_address destination_address_
;
642 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
643 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
645 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
646 // branch address is 0xffe.
647 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
649 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
651 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
652 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
653 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
654 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
655 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
656 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
657 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
658 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
661 class Cortex_a8_stub
: public Stub
667 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
671 { return this->relobj_
; }
673 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
677 { return this->shndx_
; }
679 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
680 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
683 source_address() const
684 { return this->source_address_
; }
686 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
687 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
688 // instruction address.
690 destination_address() const
691 { return this->destination_address_
; }
693 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
695 original_insn() const
696 { return this->original_insn_
; }
699 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
700 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, Relobj
* relobj
,
701 unsigned int shndx
, Arm_address source_address
,
702 Arm_address destination_address
, uint32_t original_insn
)
703 : Stub(stub_template
), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
),
704 source_address_(source_address
| 1U),
705 destination_address_(destination_address
),
706 original_insn_(original_insn
)
709 friend class Stub_factory
;
711 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
714 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
716 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
)
718 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
720 return i
== 0 ? this->source_address_
+ 4 : this->destination_address_
;
724 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
726 return this->destination_address_
;
730 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
732 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
735 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
737 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
739 // Source address of original branch.
740 Arm_address source_address_
;
741 // Destination address of the original branch.
742 Arm_address destination_address_
;
743 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
744 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
745 uint32_t original_insn_
;
748 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
749 class Arm_v4bx_stub
: public Stub
755 // Return the associated register.
758 { return this->reg_
; }
761 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
762 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, const uint32_t reg
)
763 : Stub(stub_template
), reg_(reg
)
766 friend class Stub_factory
;
768 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
771 do_reloc_target(size_t)
772 { gold_unreachable(); }
774 // This may be overridden in the child class.
776 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
779 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
781 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
785 // A template to implement do_write.
786 template<bool big_endian
>
788 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type
)
790 const Insn_template
* insns
= this->stub_template()->insns();
791 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
793 + (this->reg_
<< 16)));
794 view
+= insns
[0].size();
795 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
796 (insns
[1].data() + this->reg_
));
797 view
+= insns
[1].size();
798 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
799 (insns
[2].data() + this->reg_
));
802 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
806 // Stub factory class.
811 // Return the unique instance of this class.
812 static const Stub_factory
&
815 static Stub_factory singleton
;
819 // Make a relocation stub.
821 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type
) const
823 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_reloc_first
824 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_reloc_last
);
825 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
]);
828 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
830 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type
, Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
831 Arm_address source
, Arm_address destination
,
832 uint32_t original_insn
) const
834 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
835 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
);
836 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
], relobj
, shndx
,
837 source
, destination
, original_insn
);
840 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
841 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
843 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg
) const
845 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
846 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
],
851 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
852 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
856 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
857 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory
&);
858 Stub_factory
& operator=(Stub_factory
&);
860 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
861 const Stub_template
* stub_templates_
[arm_stub_type_last
+1];
864 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
866 template<bool big_endian
>
867 class Stub_table
: public Output_data
870 Stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
871 : Output_data(), owner_(owner
), reloc_stubs_(), reloc_stubs_size_(0),
872 reloc_stubs_addralign_(1), cortex_a8_stubs_(), arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf),
873 prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
879 // Owner of this stub table.
880 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
882 { return this->owner_
; }
884 // Whether this stub table is empty.
888 return (this->reloc_stubs_
.empty()
889 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.empty()
890 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.empty());
893 // Return the current data size.
895 current_data_size() const
896 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
898 // Add a STUB with using KEY. Caller is reponsible for avoid adding
899 // if already a STUB with the same key has been added.
901 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub
* stub
, const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
)
903 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
904 gold_assert(stub_template
->type() == key
.stub_type());
905 this->reloc_stubs_
[key
] = stub
;
907 // Assign stub offset early. We can do this because we never remove
908 // reloc stubs and they are in the beginning of the stub table.
909 uint64_t align
= stub_template
->alignment();
910 this->reloc_stubs_size_
= align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_
, align
);
911 stub
->set_offset(this->reloc_stubs_size_
);
912 this->reloc_stubs_size_
+= stub_template
->size();
913 this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
=
914 std::max(this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
, align
);
917 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
918 // Caller is reponsible for avoid adding if already a STUB with the same
919 // address has been added.
921 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address
, Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
)
923 std::pair
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> value(address
, stub
);
924 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.insert(value
);
927 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
930 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
)
932 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
&& this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] == NULL
);
933 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] = stub
;
936 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
938 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
940 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
942 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
) const
944 typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.find(key
);
945 return (p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
948 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
949 // Return NULL if there is none.
951 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg
) const
953 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
954 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[reg
];
957 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
959 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
960 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
961 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
963 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
964 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
965 // previous relaxation pass.
967 update_data_size_and_addralign();
969 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
970 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
974 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
976 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
977 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
981 // Write out section contents.
983 do_write(Output_file
*);
985 // Return the required alignment.
988 { return this->prev_addralign_
; }
990 // Reset address and file offset.
992 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
993 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_
); }
995 // Set final data size.
997 set_final_data_size()
998 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
1001 // Relocate one stub.
1003 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
1004 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
1005 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
1007 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
1009 Unordered_map
<Reloc_stub::Key
, Reloc_stub
*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash
,
1010 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to
>
1013 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1014 // fixed up in output.
1015 typedef std::map
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> Cortex_a8_stub_list
;
1016 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1017 typedef std::vector
<Arm_v4bx_stub
*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list
;
1019 // Owner of this stub table.
1020 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner_
;
1021 // The relocation stubs.
1022 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_
;
1023 // Size of reloc stubs.
1024 off_t reloc_stubs_size_
;
1025 // Maximum address alignment of reloc stubs.
1026 uint64_t reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
1027 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1028 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_
;
1029 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1030 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_
;
1031 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1032 off_t prev_data_size_
;
1033 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1034 uint64_t prev_addralign_
;
1037 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1038 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1040 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
: public Output_section_data
1043 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1044 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
)
1047 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1050 { return this->relobj_
; }
1052 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1055 { return this->shndx_
; }
1059 do_write(Output_file
* of
)
1061 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
1062 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(of
);
1064 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(of
);
1068 // Implement do_write for a given endianness.
1069 template<bool big_endian
>
1071 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
*);
1073 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1075 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1076 unsigned int shndx_
;
1079 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1080 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1081 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1083 typedef std::map
<section_offset_type
, section_offset_type
>
1084 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
;
1086 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1087 // with some of its entries merged.
1089 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1092 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1093 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1094 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1095 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1096 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1097 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1098 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
1099 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
1100 uint32_t deleted_bytes
);
1102 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1103 const Arm_exidx_input_section
&
1104 exidx_input_section() const
1105 { return this->exidx_input_section_
; }
1107 // Return the section offset map.
1108 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
&
1109 section_offset_map() const
1110 { return this->section_offset_map_
; }
1113 // Write merged section into file OF.
1115 do_write(Output_file
* of
);
1118 do_output_offset(const Relobj
*, unsigned int, section_offset_type
,
1119 section_offset_type
*) const;
1122 // Original EXIDX input section.
1123 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section_
;
1124 // Section offset map.
1125 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map_
;
1128 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1130 template<bool big_endian
>
1131 class Arm_input_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1134 Arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1135 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj
, shndx
, 1),
1136 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL
)
1139 ~Arm_input_section()
1146 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1148 is_stub_table_owner() const
1149 { return this->stub_table_
!= NULL
&& this->stub_table_
->owner() == this; }
1151 // Return the stub table.
1152 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1154 { return this->stub_table_
; }
1156 // Set the stub_table.
1158 set_stub_table(Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1159 { this->stub_table_
= stub_table
; }
1161 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1162 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1163 static Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
1164 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
)
1165 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*>(poris
); }
1168 // Write data to output file.
1170 do_write(Output_file
*);
1172 // Return required alignment of this.
1174 do_addralign() const
1176 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1177 return std::max(this->stub_table_
->addralign(),
1178 this->original_addralign_
);
1180 return this->original_addralign_
;
1183 // Finalize data size.
1185 set_final_data_size();
1187 // Reset address and file offset.
1189 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1193 do_output_offset(const Relobj
* object
, unsigned int shndx
,
1194 section_offset_type offset
,
1195 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
1197 if ((object
== this->relobj())
1198 && (shndx
== this->shndx())
1200 && (convert_types
<uint64_t, section_offset_type
>(offset
)
1201 <= this->original_size_
))
1211 // Copying is not allowed.
1212 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section
&);
1213 Arm_input_section
& operator=(const Arm_input_section
&);
1215 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1216 uint64_t original_addralign_
;
1217 // Section size of the original input section.
1218 uint64_t original_size_
;
1220 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table_
;
1223 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1224 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1226 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1229 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section
* exidx_output_section
)
1230 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section
), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE
),
1231 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL
),
1232 section_offset_map_(NULL
), first_output_text_section_(NULL
)
1236 { delete this->section_offset_map_
; }
1238 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. Return number of bytes to
1239 // be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX section are merged
1240 // a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store in the located
1241 // PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is reponsible for
1243 template<bool big_endian
>
1245 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
1246 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
);
1248 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1249 // input section, if there is not one already.
1251 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1253 // Return the output section for the text section which is linked to the
1254 // first exidx input in output.
1256 first_output_text_section() const
1257 { return this->first_output_text_section_
; }
1260 // Copying is not allowed.
1261 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1262 Arm_exidx_fixup
& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1264 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1269 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1270 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
,
1277 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1278 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1280 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
);
1282 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1283 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1284 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1285 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1286 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1288 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset
,
1289 section_size_type deleted_bytes
, bool delete_entry
);
1291 // EXIDX output section.
1292 Output_section
* exidx_output_section_
;
1293 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1294 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_
;
1295 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1296 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_
;
1297 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1298 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* last_input_section_
;
1299 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1300 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map_
;
1301 // Output section for the text section which is linked to the first exidx
1303 Output_section
* first_output_text_section_
;
1306 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1307 // stub generation methods.
1309 template<bool big_endian
>
1310 class Arm_output_section
: public Output_section
1313 typedef std::vector
<std::pair
<Relobj
*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list
;
1315 Arm_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
1316 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
1317 : Output_section(name
, type
, flags
)
1320 ~Arm_output_section()
1323 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1325 group_sections(section_size_type
, bool, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1327 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1328 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1329 static Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*
1330 as_arm_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
1331 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*>(os
); }
1333 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1335 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list
* list
);
1337 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1338 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1339 // output addresses.
1341 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
* layout
,
1342 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_section
,
1343 Symbol_table
* symtab
);
1347 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section
;
1348 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list
;
1350 // Create a stub group.
1351 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1352 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1353 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1354 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
1355 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>*);
1358 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1360 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1363 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
1364 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
1366 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
1367 unsigned int link
, uint32_t size
, uint32_t addralign
)
1368 : relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
), link_(link
), size_(size
),
1369 addralign_(addralign
)
1372 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1375 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1377 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1380 { return this->relobj_
; }
1382 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1385 { return this->shndx_
; }
1387 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1390 { return this->link_
; }
1392 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1395 { return this->size_
; }
1397 // Reutnr address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1400 { return this->addralign_
; }
1403 // Object containing this.
1405 // Section index of this.
1406 unsigned int shndx_
;
1407 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1409 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1411 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1412 uint32_t addralign_
;
1415 // Arm_relobj class.
1417 template<bool big_endian
>
1418 class Arm_relobj
: public Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>
1421 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
1423 Arm_relobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1424 const typename
elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1425 : Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1426 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1427 attributes_section_data_(NULL
), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1428 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL
), exidx_section_map_(),
1429 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false),
1430 merge_flags_and_attributes_(true)
1434 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1436 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1437 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1438 stub_table(unsigned int shndx
) const
1440 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1441 return this->stub_tables_
[shndx
];
1444 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1446 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx
, Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1448 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1449 this->stub_tables_
[shndx
] = stub_table
;
1452 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1453 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1455 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1457 gold_assert(r_sym
< this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.size());
1458 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[r_sym
];
1461 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1463 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Symbol_table
*,
1466 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1468 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx
)
1470 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1471 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1472 this->set_section_offset(shndx
, -1ULL);
1473 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1476 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1477 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1478 static Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*
1479 as_arm_relobj(Relobj
* relobj
)
1480 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*>(relobj
); }
1482 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1485 processor_specific_flags() const
1486 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1488 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1490 const Attributes_section_data
*
1491 attributes_section_data() const
1492 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1494 // Mapping symbol location.
1495 typedef std::pair
<unsigned int, Arm_address
> Mapping_symbol_position
;
1497 // Functor for STL container.
1498 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1501 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position
& p1
,
1502 const Mapping_symbol_position
& p2
) const
1504 return (p1
.first
< p2
.first
1505 || (p1
.first
== p2
.first
&& p1
.second
< p2
.second
));
1509 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1510 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1511 typedef std::map
<Mapping_symbol_position
, char,
1512 Mapping_symbol_position_less
> Mapping_symbols_info
;
1514 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1516 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
) const
1518 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
!= NULL
1519 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
]);
1522 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1524 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
)
1526 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
== NULL
)
1527 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
=
1528 new std::vector
<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1529 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
] = true;
1532 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1533 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1534 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1535 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx
) const
1537 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1538 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1539 && p
->second
->link() == shndx
)
1544 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1545 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1546 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx
) const
1548 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1549 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1550 && p
->second
->shndx() == shndx
)
1555 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1557 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1558 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
; }
1560 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1562 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1563 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= true; }
1565 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1567 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1569 // Whether we want to merge processor-specific flags and attributes.
1571 merge_flags_and_attributes() const
1572 { return this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
; }
1575 // Post constructor setup.
1579 // Call parent's setup method.
1580 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_setup();
1582 // Initialize look-up tables.
1583 Stub_table_list
empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL
);
1584 this->stub_tables_
.swap(empty_stub_table_list
);
1587 // Count the local symbols.
1589 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template
<char>*,
1590 Stringpool_template
<char>*);
1593 do_relocate_sections(const Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Layout
* layout
,
1594 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
1595 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pivews
);
1597 // Read the symbol information.
1599 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1601 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1603 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Read_relocs_data
*);
1607 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1609 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1610 const Relobj::Output_sections
&,
1611 const Symbol_table
*, const unsigned char*);
1613 // Whether a section is a scannable text section.
1615 section_is_scannable(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
1616 const Output_section
*, const Symbol_table
*);
1618 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1620 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1621 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1622 const Symbol_table
*);
1624 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1626 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1627 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1628 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1630 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking at the
1631 // first reloction of the EXIDX section. PSHDR points to the section
1632 // headers of a relocation section and PSYMS points to the local symbols.
1633 // PSHNDX points to a location storing the text section index if found.
1634 // Return whether we can find the linked section.
1636 find_linked_text_section(const unsigned char* pshdr
,
1637 const unsigned char* psyms
, unsigned int* pshndx
);
1640 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1641 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR. TEXT_SHNDX is the section
1642 // index of the linked text section.
1644 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx
,
1645 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
1646 unsigned int text_shndx
);
1648 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a
1649 // relaxed input section. SHNDX is the section index.
1651 simple_input_section_output_address(unsigned int, Output_section
*);
1653 typedef std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
1654 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section
*>
1657 // List of stub tables.
1658 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
1659 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1660 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1661 std::vector
<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
;
1662 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1663 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1664 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1665 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1666 // Mapping symbols information.
1667 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_
;
1668 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1669 std::vector
<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
;
1670 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1671 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_
;
1672 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1673 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
;
1674 // Whether we merge processor flags and attributes of this object to
1676 bool merge_flags_and_attributes_
;
1679 // Arm_dynobj class.
1681 template<bool big_endian
>
1682 class Arm_dynobj
: public Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>
1685 Arm_dynobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1686 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1687 : Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1688 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL
)
1692 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1694 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1695 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1696 static Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*
1697 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj
* dynobj
)
1698 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*>(dynobj
); }
1700 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1703 processor_specific_flags() const
1704 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1706 // Attributes section data.
1707 const Attributes_section_data
*
1708 attributes_section_data() const
1709 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1712 // Read the symbol information.
1714 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1717 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1718 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1719 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1720 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1723 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1725 template<int sh_type
, bool big_endian
>
1726 struct Stub_addend_reader
1728 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1729 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1730 // view or from a Reloc object.
1731 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1733 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1734 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1735 const typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
,
1736 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
& /* reloc */) const;
1739 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1741 template<bool big_endian
>
1742 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>
1744 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1747 const unsigned char*,
1748 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const;
1751 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1752 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1753 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1754 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1756 template<bool big_endian
>
1757 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, big_endian
>
1759 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1762 const unsigned char*,
1763 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, 32,
1764 big_endian
>::Reloc
& reloc
) const
1765 { return reloc
.get_r_addend(); }
1768 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1769 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1771 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1774 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub
, unsigned r_type
,
1775 Arm_address destination
)
1776 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub
), r_type_(r_type
), destination_(destination
)
1782 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1784 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1788 { return this->reloc_stub_
; }
1790 // Return the relocation type.
1793 { return this->r_type_
; }
1795 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1799 { return this->destination_
; }
1802 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1803 const Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub_
;
1805 unsigned int r_type_
;
1806 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1808 Arm_address destination_
;
1811 // Arm_output_data_got class. We derive this from Output_data_got to add
1812 // extra methods to handle TLS relocations in a static link.
1814 template<bool big_endian
>
1815 class Arm_output_data_got
: public Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>
1818 Arm_output_data_got(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
1819 : Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>(), symbol_table_(symtab
), layout_(layout
)
1822 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
1823 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1824 // applied in a static link.
1826 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1827 { this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, gsym
)); }
1829 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
1830 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1831 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1833 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1834 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1836 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, relobj
,
1840 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
1841 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
1842 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
1843 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
1844 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
1846 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
, Symbol
* gsym
);
1848 // Same as the above but for a local symbol in OBJECT with INDEX.
1850 add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(unsigned int got_type
,
1851 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
1852 unsigned int index
);
1855 // Write out the GOT table.
1857 do_write(Output_file
*);
1860 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
1861 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
1865 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
1866 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(true)
1867 { this->u_
.global
.symbol
= gsym
; }
1869 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1870 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
1871 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(false)
1873 this->u_
.local
.relobj
= relobj
;
1874 this->u_
.local
.index
= index
;
1877 // Return the GOT offset.
1880 { return this->got_offset_
; }
1885 { return this->r_type_
; }
1887 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
1889 symbol_is_global() const
1890 { return this->symbol_is_global_
; }
1892 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
1896 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_
);
1897 return this->u_
.global
.symbol
;
1900 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
1901 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*
1904 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1905 return this->u_
.local
.relobj
;
1908 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
1912 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
1913 return this->u_
.local
.index
;
1917 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
1918 unsigned int got_offset_
;
1919 // Type of relocation.
1920 unsigned int r_type_
;
1921 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
1922 bool symbol_is_global_
;
1923 // A global or local symbol.
1928 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
1933 // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
1934 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* relobj
;
1935 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
1941 // Symbol table of the output object.
1942 Symbol_table
* symbol_table_
;
1943 // Layout of the output object.
1945 // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
1946 std::vector
<Static_reloc
> static_relocs_
;
1949 // Utilities for manipulating integers of up to 32-bits
1953 // Sign extend an n-bit unsigned integer stored in an uint32_t into
1954 // an int32_t. NO_BITS must be between 1 to 32.
1955 template<int no_bits
>
1956 static inline int32_t
1957 sign_extend(uint32_t bits
)
1959 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
1961 return static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1962 uint32_t mask
= (~((uint32_t) 0)) >> (32 - no_bits
);
1964 uint32_t top_bit
= 1U << (no_bits
- 1);
1965 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1966 return (bits
& top_bit
) ? as_signed
+ (-top_bit
* 2) : as_signed
;
1969 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t.
1970 template<int no_bits
>
1972 has_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
1974 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
1977 int32_t max
= (1 << (no_bits
- 1)) - 1;
1978 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
1979 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1980 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
1983 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t when it
1984 // fits in the given number of bits as either a signed or unsigned value.
1985 // For example, has_signed_unsigned_overflow<8> would check
1986 // -128 <= bits <= 255
1987 template<int no_bits
>
1989 has_signed_unsigned_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
1991 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 2 && no_bits
<= 32);
1994 int32_t max
= static_cast<int32_t>((1U << no_bits
) - 1);
1995 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
1996 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1997 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
2000 // Select bits from A and B using bits in MASK. For each n in [0..31],
2001 // the n-th bit in the result is chosen from the n-th bits of A and B.
2002 // A zero selects A and a one selects B.
2003 static inline uint32_t
2004 bit_select(uint32_t a
, uint32_t b
, uint32_t mask
)
2005 { return (a
& ~mask
) | (b
& mask
); }
2008 template<bool big_endian
>
2009 class Target_arm
: public Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>
2012 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
2015 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
2016 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs
= static_cast<size_t>(-1);
2019 : Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>(&arm_info
),
2020 got_(NULL
), plt_(NULL
), got_plt_(NULL
), rel_dyn_(NULL
),
2021 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
), dynbss_(NULL
),
2022 got_mod_index_offset_(-1U), tls_base_symbol_defined_(false),
2023 stub_tables_(), stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()),
2024 may_use_blx_(false), should_force_pic_veneer_(false),
2025 arm_input_section_map_(), attributes_section_data_(NULL
),
2026 fix_cortex_a8_(false), cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
2029 // Whether we can use BLX.
2032 { return this->may_use_blx_
; }
2034 // Set use-BLX flag.
2036 set_may_use_blx(bool value
)
2037 { this->may_use_blx_
= value
; }
2039 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
2041 should_force_pic_veneer() const
2042 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_
; }
2044 // Set PIC veneer flag.
2046 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value
)
2047 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_
= value
; }
2049 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
2051 using_thumb2() const
2053 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2054 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2055 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2056 return arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
|| arch
>= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
;
2059 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
2061 using_thumb_only() const
2063 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2064 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2066 if (attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M
2067 || attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M
)
2069 if (attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2070 && attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
)
2072 attr
= this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
2073 return attr
->int_value() == 'M';
2076 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
2078 may_use_arm_nop() const
2080 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2081 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2082 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2083 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2084 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
2085 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2086 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2089 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
2091 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
2093 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2094 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
2095 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
2096 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
2097 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
2098 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
2101 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
2102 // garbage collection.
2104 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2106 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2107 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2108 unsigned int sh_type
,
2109 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2111 Output_section
* output_section
,
2112 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2113 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2114 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2116 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
2118 scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2120 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2121 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2122 unsigned int sh_type
,
2123 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2125 Output_section
* output_section
,
2126 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2127 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2128 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2130 // Finalize the sections.
2132 do_finalize_sections(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*);
2134 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
2137 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
*) const;
2139 // Relocate a section.
2141 relocate_section(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2142 unsigned int sh_type
,
2143 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2145 Output_section
* output_section
,
2146 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2147 unsigned char* view
,
2148 Arm_address view_address
,
2149 section_size_type view_size
,
2150 const Reloc_symbol_changes
*);
2152 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
2154 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2156 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2157 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2158 unsigned int sh_type
,
2159 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2161 Output_section
* output_section
,
2162 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2163 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2164 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
2165 Relocatable_relocs
*);
2167 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
2169 relocate_for_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2170 unsigned int sh_type
,
2171 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2173 Output_section
* output_section
,
2174 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
2175 const Relocatable_relocs
*,
2176 unsigned char* view
,
2177 Arm_address view_address
,
2178 section_size_type view_size
,
2179 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
2180 section_size_type reloc_view_size
);
2182 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
2184 do_is_defined_by_abi(Symbol
* sym
) const
2185 { return strcmp(sym
->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
2187 // Return whether there is a GOT section.
2189 has_got_section() const
2190 { return this->got_
!= NULL
; }
2192 // Return the size of the GOT section.
2196 gold_assert(this->got_
!= NULL
);
2197 return this->got_
->data_size();
2200 // Map platform-specific reloc types
2202 get_real_reloc_type (unsigned int r_type
);
2205 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2208 // Return the stub factory
2210 stub_factory() const
2211 { return this->stub_factory_
; }
2213 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2214 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2215 new_arm_input_section(Relobj
*, unsigned int);
2217 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2218 // section of RELOBJ.
2219 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2220 find_arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
) const;
2222 // Make a new Stub_table
2223 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
2224 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*);
2226 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2228 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2229 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section
*,
2230 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2235 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2236 Output_section
*, unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2239 // Get the default ARM target.
2240 static Target_arm
<big_endian
>*
2243 gold_assert(parameters
->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2244 && parameters
->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian
);
2245 return static_cast<Target_arm
<big_endian
>*>(
2246 parameters
->sized_target
<32, big_endian
>());
2249 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2251 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name
)
2255 && (name
[1] == 'a' || name
[1] == 't' || name
[1] == 'd')
2256 && (name
[2] == '\0' || name
[2] == '.'));
2259 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2261 fix_cortex_a8() const
2262 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_
; }
2264 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2266 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2267 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2268 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2270 { return parameters
->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2272 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2274 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2275 section_size_type
, section_size_type
,
2276 const unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2278 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2280 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub
*, Arm_address
,
2281 unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2284 // Make an ELF object.
2286 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2287 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
);
2290 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2291 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, !big_endian
>&)
2292 { gold_unreachable(); }
2295 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2296 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, false>&)
2297 { gold_unreachable(); }
2300 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2301 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, true>&)
2302 { gold_unreachable(); }
2304 // Make an output section.
2306 do_make_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2307 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
2308 { return new Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>(name
, type
, flags
); }
2311 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view
, int len
) const;
2313 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2314 // not doing relocatable linking.
2316 do_may_relax() const
2317 { return !parameters
->options().relocatable(); }
2320 do_relax(int, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2322 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2325 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const;
2327 // Reorder tags during output.
2329 do_attributes_order(int num
) const;
2331 // This is called when the target is selected as the default.
2333 do_select_as_default_target()
2335 // No locking is required since there should only be one default target.
2336 // We cannot have both the big-endian and little-endian ARM targets
2338 gold_assert(arm_reloc_property_table
== NULL
);
2339 arm_reloc_property_table
= new Arm_reloc_property_table();
2343 // The class which scans relocations.
2348 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2352 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2353 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2354 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2355 Output_section
* output_section
,
2356 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2357 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
);
2360 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2361 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2362 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2363 Output_section
* output_section
,
2364 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2368 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2369 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2372 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2374 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&)
2378 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* , Target_arm
* ,
2379 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* ,
2382 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& ,
2383 unsigned int , Symbol
*)
2388 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2389 unsigned int r_type
);
2392 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2393 unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
*);
2396 check_non_pic(Relobj
*, unsigned int r_type
);
2398 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2399 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2401 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol
* sym
)
2403 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2404 if (sym
->is_undefined() && !parameters
->options().shared())
2407 return (!parameters
->doing_static_link()
2408 && (sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2409 || sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
2410 && (sym
->is_from_dynobj()
2411 || sym
->is_undefined()
2412 || sym
->is_preemptible()));
2415 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2416 bool issued_non_pic_error_
;
2419 // The class which implements relocation.
2429 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2431 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
2434 Output_section
* output_section
);
2436 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2437 // any warnings about this relocation.
2439 relocate(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
*,
2440 Output_section
*, size_t relnum
,
2441 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
2442 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2443 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2444 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2447 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2448 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2451 reloc_is_non_pic (unsigned int r_type
)
2455 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2456 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2457 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2458 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2459 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12
:
2460 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2461 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2462 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2463 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2464 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP
:
2466 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2467 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
2468 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
2469 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
2470 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
2471 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
2472 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
2473 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
2474 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
2475 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
2484 // Do a TLS relocation.
2485 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
2486 relocate_tls(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
2487 size_t, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
2488 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2489 unsigned char*, elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr
,
2494 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2495 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2496 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2500 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj
*);
2503 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
2504 // is a local symbol.
2505 static tls::Tls_optimization
2506 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final
, int r_type
);
2508 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2509 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
2510 got_section(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2512 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2514 got_plt_section() const
2516 gold_assert(this->got_plt_
!= NULL
);
2517 return this->got_plt_
;
2520 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2522 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
*);
2524 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
2526 define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2528 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2530 got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2531 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
);
2533 // Get the PLT section.
2534 const Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
2537 gold_assert(this->plt_
!= NULL
);
2541 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2543 rel_dyn_section(Layout
*);
2545 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
2547 rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
*) const;
2549 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2550 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2551 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2553 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol
* gsym
)
2555 return (gsym
->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2556 && gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc());
2559 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2561 copy_reloc(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2562 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2563 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
2564 Symbol
* sym
, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
)
2566 this->copy_relocs_
.copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
2567 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(sym
),
2568 object
, shndx
, output_section
, reloc
,
2569 this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
2572 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2574 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
);
2576 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2577 // header of the output.
2579 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string
&, elfcpp::Elf_Word
);
2581 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2583 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data
*);
2585 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2587 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data
*, int);
2590 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2592 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2594 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2596 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2598 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2600 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2602 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data
*);
2604 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2606 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag
) const
2608 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
= this->attributes_section_data_
;
2609 gold_assert(pasd
!= NULL
);
2610 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2611 pasd
->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
, tag
);
2612 gold_assert(attr
!= NULL
);
2617 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2620 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2622 group_sections(Layout
*, section_size_type
, bool);
2624 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2626 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2627 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, unsigned int,
2628 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2629 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
, Arm_address
);
2631 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2632 template<int sh_type
>
2634 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2635 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2636 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2638 Output_section
* output_section
,
2639 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2640 const unsigned char* view
,
2641 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
2644 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2646 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
*, Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*, Symbol_table
*);
2648 // Functors for STL set.
2649 struct output_section_address_less_than
2652 operator()(const Output_section
* s1
, const Output_section
* s2
) const
2653 { return s1
->address() < s2
->address(); }
2656 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2657 // general Target structure.
2658 static const Target::Target_info arm_info
;
2660 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2663 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
= 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2664 GOT_TYPE_TLS_NOFFSET
= 1, // GOT entry for negative TLS offset
2665 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
= 2, // GOT entry for positive TLS offset
2666 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
= 3, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
2667 GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
= 4 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
2670 typedef typename
std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
2672 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2673 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
,
2674 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*,
2676 Arm_input_section_map
;
2678 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2679 typedef Unordered_map
<Arm_address
, const Cortex_a8_reloc
*>
2680 Cortex_a8_relocs_info
;
2683 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got_
;
2685 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>* plt_
;
2686 // The GOT PLT section.
2687 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
2688 // The dynamic reloc section.
2689 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn_
;
2690 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2691 Copy_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
> copy_relocs_
;
2692 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2693 Output_data_space
* dynbss_
;
2694 // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
2695 unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_
;
2696 // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
2697 bool tls_base_symbol_defined_
;
2698 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2699 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
2701 const Stub_factory
&stub_factory_
;
2702 // Whether we can use BLX.
2704 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2705 bool should_force_pic_veneer_
;
2706 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2707 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_
;
2708 // Attributes section data in output.
2709 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
2710 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2711 bool fix_cortex_a8_
;
2712 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2713 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_
;
2716 template<bool big_endian
>
2717 const Target::Target_info Target_arm
<big_endian
>::arm_info
=
2720 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
2721 elfcpp::EM_ARM
, // machine_code
2722 false, // has_make_symbol
2723 false, // has_resolve
2724 false, // has_code_fill
2725 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2727 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2728 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2729 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2730 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2731 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
2732 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
2733 0, // small_common_section_flags
2734 0, // large_common_section_flags
2735 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2736 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2739 // Arm relocate functions class
2742 template<bool big_endian
>
2743 class Arm_relocate_functions
: public Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
>
2748 STATUS_OKAY
, // No error during relocation.
2749 STATUS_OVERFLOW
, // Relocation oveflow.
2750 STATUS_BAD_RELOC
// Relocation cannot be applied.
2754 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> Base
;
2755 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> This
;
2757 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
2760 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
2762 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2763 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2764 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
2765 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2767 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
2768 // instruction encoding described above.
2769 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2770 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
2771 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2773 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2774 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2775 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000) | (val
& 0xfff));
2778 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
2780 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2781 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
2782 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2783 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
2787 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
2791 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
2794 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
2796 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2797 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2798 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
2799 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2801 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
2802 // instruction encoding described above.
2803 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2804 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
2805 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2807 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2808 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2809 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000)
2810 | ((val
>> 15) & 0x0800)
2811 | ((val
>> 4) & 0x0700)
2815 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
2817 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2818 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
2819 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2820 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
2823 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
2824 val
|= (x
& 0x0800) << 15;
2825 val
|= (x
& 0x0700) << 4;
2826 val
|= (x
& 0x00ff);
2830 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
2831 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2833 calc_grp_kn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
)
2839 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
2840 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
2841 for (msb
= 30; (msb
>= 0) && !(residual
& (3 << msb
)); msb
-= 2)
2843 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
2845 return (((msb
- 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb
- 6));
2848 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
2849 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
2850 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
2851 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2852 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2853 calc_grp_residual(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
2856 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
2858 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
2859 uint32_t shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
2860 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
2861 residual
&= ~(residual
& (0xff << shift
));
2867 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
2868 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
2869 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2870 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2871 calc_grp_gn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
2874 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype gn
= 0;
2877 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
2879 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
2880 shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
2881 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
2882 gn
= residual
& (0xff << shift
);
2883 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
2886 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
2887 return ((gn
>> shift
) | ((gn
<= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift
) / 2) << 8));
2891 // Handle ARM long branches.
2892 static typename
This::Status
2893 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2894 unsigned char *, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2895 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2896 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
2898 // Handle THUMB long branches.
2899 static typename
This::Status
2900 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2901 unsigned char *, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2902 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2903 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
2906 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
2907 static inline int32_t
2908 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
2910 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
2911 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
2912 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& (1U << 10)) >> 10;
2913 uint32_t upper
= upper_insn
& 0x3ffU
;
2914 uint32_t lower
= lower_insn
& 0x7ffU
;
2915 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 13)) >> 13;
2916 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 11)) >> 11;
2917 uint32_t i1
= j1
^ s
? 0 : 1;
2918 uint32_t i2
= j2
^ s
? 0 : 1;
2920 return utils::sign_extend
<25>((s
<< 24) | (i1
<< 23) | (i2
<< 22)
2921 | (upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
2924 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
2925 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
2926 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
2927 static inline uint16_t
2928 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2930 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2931 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2932 return (upper_insn
& ~0x7ffU
) | ((bits
>> 12) & 0x3ffU
) | (s
<< 10);
2935 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
2936 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
2937 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
2938 static inline uint16_t
2939 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2941 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2942 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2943 return ((lower_insn
& ~0x2fffU
)
2944 | ((((bits
>> 23) & 1) ^ !s
) << 13)
2945 | ((((bits
>> 22) & 1) ^ !s
) << 11)
2946 | ((bits
>> 1) & 0x7ffU
));
2949 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
2950 static inline int32_t
2951 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
2953 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& 0x0400U
) >> 10;
2954 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& 0x2000U
) >> 13;
2955 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& 0x0800U
) >> 11;
2956 uint32_t lower
= (lower_insn
& 0x07ffU
);
2957 uint32_t upper
= (s
<< 8) | (j2
<< 7) | (j1
<< 6) | (upper_insn
& 0x003fU
);
2959 return utils::sign_extend
<21>((upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
2962 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
2963 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
2964 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
2965 static inline uint16_t
2966 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2968 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2969 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2970 return (upper_insn
& 0xfbc0U
) | (s
<< 10) | ((bits
& 0x0003f000U
) >> 12);
2973 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
2974 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
2975 // Caller is reponsible for overflow checking.
2976 static inline uint16_t
2977 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2979 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2980 uint32_t j2
= (bits
& 0x00080000U
) >> 19;
2981 uint32_t j1
= (bits
& 0x00040000U
) >> 18;
2982 uint32_t lo
= (bits
& 0x00000ffeU
) >> 1;
2984 return (lower_insn
& 0xd000U
) | (j1
<< 13) | (j2
<< 11) | lo
;
2987 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
2988 static inline typename
This::Status
2989 abs8(unsigned char *view
,
2990 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2991 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
2993 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2994 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
2995 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2996 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2997 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>(val
);
2998 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
2999 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffU
);
3000 elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3002 // R_ARM_ABS8 permits signed or unsigned results.
3003 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3004 return ((signed_x
< -128 || signed_x
> 255)
3005 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3006 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3009 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
3010 static inline typename
This::Status
3011 thm_abs5(unsigned char *view
,
3012 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3013 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3015 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3016 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3017 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3018 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3019 Reltype addend
= (val
& 0x7e0U
) >> 6;
3020 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3021 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
<< 6, 0x7e0U
);
3022 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3024 // R_ARM_ABS16 permits signed or unsigned results.
3025 int signed_x
= static_cast<int32_t>(x
);
3026 return ((signed_x
< -32768 || signed_x
> 65535)
3027 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3028 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3031 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
3032 static inline typename
This::Status
3033 abs12(unsigned char *view
,
3034 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3035 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3037 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3038 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3039 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3040 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3041 Reltype addend
= val
& 0x0fffU
;
3042 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3043 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x0fffU
);
3044 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3045 return (utils::has_overflow
<12>(x
)
3046 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3047 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3050 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
3051 static inline typename
This::Status
3052 abs16(unsigned char *view
,
3053 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3054 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3056 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3057 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3058 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3059 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3060 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<16>(val
);
3061 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3062 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffffU
);
3063 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3064 return (utils::has_signed_unsigned_overflow
<16>(x
)
3065 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3066 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3069 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
3070 static inline typename
This::Status
3071 abs32(unsigned char *view
,
3072 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3073 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3074 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3076 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3077 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3078 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3079 Valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
;
3080 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3081 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3084 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
3085 static inline typename
This::Status
3086 rel32(unsigned char *view
,
3087 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3088 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3089 Arm_address address
,
3090 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3092 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3093 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3094 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3095 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3096 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
3097 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3100 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
3101 static typename
This::Status
3102 thm_jump19(unsigned char *view
, const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3103 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
, Arm_address address
,
3104 Arm_address thumb_bit
);
3106 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
3107 static inline typename
This::Status
3108 thm_jump6(unsigned char *view
,
3109 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3110 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3111 Arm_address address
)
3113 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3114 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3115 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3116 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3117 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
3118 Reltype addend
= (((val
& 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val
& 0x00f8) >> 2));
3119 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3120 val
= (val
& 0xfd07) | ((x
& 0x0040) << 3) | ((val
& 0x003e) << 2);
3121 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3122 // CZB does only forward jumps.
3123 return ((x
> 0x007e)
3124 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3125 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3128 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
3129 static inline typename
This::Status
3130 thm_jump8(unsigned char *view
,
3131 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3132 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3133 Arm_address address
)
3135 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3136 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3137 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3138 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3139 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>((val
& 0x00ff) << 1);
3140 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3141 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xff00) | ((x
& 0x01fe) >> 1));
3142 return (utils::has_overflow
<8>(x
)
3143 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3144 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3147 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
3148 static inline typename
This::Status
3149 thm_jump11(unsigned char *view
,
3150 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3151 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3152 Arm_address address
)
3154 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3155 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3156 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3157 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3158 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<11>((val
& 0x07ff) << 1);
3159 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3160 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xf800) | ((x
& 0x0ffe) >> 1));
3161 return (utils::has_overflow
<11>(x
)
3162 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3163 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3166 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
3167 static inline typename
This::Status
3168 base_prel(unsigned char* view
,
3170 Arm_address address
)
3172 Base::rel32(view
, origin
- address
);
3176 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
3177 static inline typename
This::Status
3178 base_abs(unsigned char* view
,
3181 Base::rel32(view
, origin
);
3185 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
3186 static inline typename
This::Status
3187 got_brel(unsigned char* view
,
3188 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype got_offset
)
3190 Base::rel32(view
, got_offset
);
3191 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3194 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
3195 static inline typename
This::Status
3196 got_prel(unsigned char *view
,
3197 Arm_address got_entry
,
3198 Arm_address address
)
3200 Base::rel32(view
, got_entry
- address
);
3201 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3204 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
3205 static inline typename
This::Status
3206 prel31(unsigned char *view
,
3207 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3208 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3209 Arm_address address
,
3210 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3212 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3213 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3214 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3215 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<31>(val
);
3216 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3217 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x7fffffffU
);
3218 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3219 return (utils::has_overflow
<31>(x
) ?
3220 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3223 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T (relative address base is )
3224 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3225 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3226 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3227 static inline typename
This::Status
3228 movw(unsigned char* view
,
3229 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3230 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3231 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3232 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3233 bool check_overflow
)
3235 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3236 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3237 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3238 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3239 Valtype x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3240 - relative_address_base
);
3241 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3242 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3243 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3244 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3245 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3248 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3249 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3250 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3251 static inline typename
This::Status
3252 movt(unsigned char* view
,
3253 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3254 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3255 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3257 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3258 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3259 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3260 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3261 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3262 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3263 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3264 // FIXME: IHI0044D says that we should check for overflow.
3265 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3268 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T (relative_address_base is 0)
3269 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3270 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3271 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3272 static inline typename
This::Status
3273 thm_movw(unsigned char *view
,
3274 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3275 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3276 Arm_address relative_address_base
,
3277 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3278 bool check_overflow
)
3280 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3281 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3282 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3283 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3284 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3285 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3287 (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - relative_address_base
;
3288 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3289 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3290 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3291 return ((check_overflow
&& utils::has_overflow
<16>(x
))
3292 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3293 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3296 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A (relative address base is 0)
3297 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3298 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A - B(S)
3299 static inline typename
This::Status
3300 thm_movt(unsigned char* view
,
3301 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3302 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3303 Arm_address relative_address_base
)
3305 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3306 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3307 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3308 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3309 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3310 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3311 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - relative_address_base
) >> 16;
3312 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3313 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3314 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3315 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3318 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0: ((S + A) | T) - Pa (Thumb32)
3319 static inline typename
This::Status
3320 thm_alu11(unsigned char* view
,
3321 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3322 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3323 Arm_address address
,
3324 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3326 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3327 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3328 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3329 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3330 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3332 // f e d c b|a|9|8 7 6 5|4|3 2 1 0||f|e d c|b a 9 8|7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3333 // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
3334 // ADD{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 0 0 0|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3335 // ADDW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3336 // ADR[+] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 0 0 0|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3337 // SUB{S} 1 1 1 1 0|i|0|1 1 0 1|S|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3338 // SUBW 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 0 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3339 // ADR[-] 1 1 1 1 0|i|1|0 1 0 1|0|1 1 1 1||0|imm3 |Rd |imm8
3341 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3342 const int sign
= ((insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0ad0000
3343 || (insn
& 0xf8ef0000) == 0xf0af0000) ? -1 : 1;
3344 // Thumb2 addend encoding:
3345 // imm12 := i | imm3 | imm8
3346 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xff)
3347 | ((insn
& 0x00007000) >> 4)
3348 | ((insn
& 0x04000000) >> 15);
3349 // Apply a sign to the added.
3352 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
)
3353 - (address
& 0xfffffffc);
3354 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3355 // Mask out the value and a distinct part of the ADD/SUB opcode
3356 // (bits 7:5 of opword).
3357 insn
= (insn
& 0xfb0f8f00)
3359 | ((val
& 0x700) << 4)
3360 | ((val
& 0x800) << 15);
3361 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3362 // place is negative.
3366 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3367 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3368 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3369 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3372 // R_ARM_THM_PC8: S + A - Pa (Thumb)
3373 static inline typename
This::Status
3374 thm_pc8(unsigned char* view
,
3375 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3376 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3377 Arm_address address
)
3379 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3380 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3381 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3382 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3383 Reltype addend
= ((insn
& 0x00ff) << 2);
3384 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3385 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3386 insn
= (insn
& 0xff00) | ((val
& 0x03fc) >> 2);
3388 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3389 return ((val
> 0x03fc)
3390 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3391 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3394 // R_ARM_THM_PC12: S + A - Pa (Thumb32)
3395 static inline typename
This::Status
3396 thm_pc12(unsigned char* view
,
3397 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3398 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3399 Arm_address address
)
3401 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3402 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3403 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3404 Reltype insn
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3405 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3406 // Determine a sign for the addend (positive if the U bit is 1).
3407 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3408 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff);
3409 // Apply a sign to the added.
3412 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
& 0xfffffffc));
3413 Reltype val
= abs(x
);
3414 // Mask out and apply the value and the U bit.
3415 insn
= (insn
& 0xff7ff000) | (val
& 0xfff);
3416 // Set the U bit according to whether the value to go in the
3417 // place is positive.
3421 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
>> 16);
3422 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, insn
& 0xffff);
3423 return ((val
> 0xfff) ?
3424 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3428 static inline typename
This::Status
3429 v4bx(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3430 unsigned char *view
,
3431 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3432 const Arm_address address
,
3433 const bool is_interworking
)
3436 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3437 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3438 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3440 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3441 gold_assert((val
& 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3442 const uint32_t reg
= (val
& 0xf);
3443 if (is_interworking
&& reg
!= 0xf)
3445 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3446 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3447 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3449 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
3450 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3452 int32_t veneer_address
=
3453 stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() - 8 - address
;
3454 gold_assert((veneer_address
<= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3455 && (veneer_address
>= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
));
3456 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3457 val
= (val
& 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3458 | ((veneer_address
>> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3462 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3463 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3464 val
= (val
& 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3466 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3467 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3470 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3471 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3472 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3473 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3474 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3475 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3476 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3477 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3478 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3479 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3480 static inline typename
This::Status
3481 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view
,
3482 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3483 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3485 Arm_address address
,
3486 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3487 bool check_overflow
)
3489 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3490 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3491 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3492 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3494 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3495 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3496 const Valtype opcode
= insn
& 0x01e00000;
3497 if (opcode
!= 0x00800000 && opcode
!= 0x00400000)
3498 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3500 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3501 const int sign
= (opcode
== 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3502 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3503 const uint32_t shifter
= (insn
& 0xf00) >> 7;
3504 // Initial addend value.
3505 int32_t addend
= insn
& 0xff;
3506 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3507 addend
= (addend
>> shifter
) | (addend
<< (32 - shifter
));
3508 // Apply a sign to the added.
3511 int32_t x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
);
3512 Valtype gn
= Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x
), group
);
3513 // Check for overflow if required
3515 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
) != 0))
3516 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3518 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3519 // not to destroy the S bit.
3521 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3522 // place is negative.
3523 insn
|= ((x
< 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3524 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3527 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3528 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3531 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3532 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3533 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3534 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3535 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3536 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3537 static inline typename
This::Status
3538 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view
,
3539 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3540 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3542 Arm_address address
)
3544 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3545 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3546 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3547 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3549 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3550 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff) * sign
;
3551 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3552 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3554 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3555 if (residual
>= 0x1000)
3556 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3558 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3560 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3565 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3566 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3569 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3570 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3571 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3572 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3573 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3574 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3575 static inline typename
This::Status
3576 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view
,
3577 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3578 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3580 Arm_address address
)
3582 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3583 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3584 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3585 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3587 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3588 int32_t addend
= (((insn
& 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn
& 0xf)) * sign
;
3589 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3590 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3592 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3593 if (residual
>= 0x100)
3594 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3596 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3598 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3601 insn
|= ((residual
& 0xf0) << 4) | (residual
& 0xf);
3603 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3604 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3607 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3608 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3609 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3610 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3611 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3612 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3613 static inline typename
This::Status
3614 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view
,
3615 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3616 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3618 Arm_address address
)
3620 gold_assert(group
>= 0 && group
< 3);
3621 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3622 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3623 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3625 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3626 int32_t addend
= ((insn
& 0xff) << 2) * sign
;
3627 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3628 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3630 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3631 if ((residual
& 0x3) != 0 || residual
>= 0x400)
3632 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3634 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3636 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3639 insn
|= (residual
>> 2);
3641 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3642 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3646 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3647 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3648 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3649 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3650 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3652 template<bool big_endian
>
3653 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3654 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
3655 unsigned int r_type
,
3656 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3657 unsigned char *view
,
3658 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3659 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3661 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3662 Arm_address address
,
3663 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3664 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3666 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3667 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3668 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3670 bool insn_is_b
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3671 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
);
3672 bool insn_is_uncond_bl
= (val
& 0xff000000UL
) == 0xeb000000UL
;
3673 bool insn_is_cond_bl
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3674 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0b000000UL
);
3675 bool insn_is_blx
= (val
& 0xfe000000UL
) == 0xfa000000UL
;
3676 bool insn_is_any_branch
= (val
& 0x0e000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
;
3678 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3679 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
3681 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl
&& !insn_is_blx
)
3682 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3684 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
3686 if (!insn_is_b
&& !insn_is_cond_bl
)
3687 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3689 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
3691 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3692 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3694 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
)
3696 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3697 // than it being obsolete.
3698 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3699 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3704 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3705 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3706 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3707 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3708 // on the architecture.
3709 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3710 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3711 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3713 Valtype cond
= val
& 0xf0000000U
;
3714 if (arm_target
->may_use_arm_nop())
3715 val
= cond
| 0x0320f000;
3717 val
= cond
| 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3718 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3719 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3722 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
3723 Valtype branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3724 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3726 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3728 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3729 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
3730 if (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3731 || ((thumb_bit
!= 0) && !(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)))
3733 Valtype unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3735 Stub_type stub_type
=
3736 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3737 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3739 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3741 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3742 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3743 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3745 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3746 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3747 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3748 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3749 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3750 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3751 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
));
3755 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3756 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3760 gold_assert(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
);
3761 val
= (val
& 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset
& 2) << 23);
3764 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, (branch_offset
>> 2), 0xffffffUL
);
3765 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3766 return (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3767 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3770 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
3771 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
3772 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3773 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3774 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3776 template<bool big_endian
>
3777 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3778 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
3779 unsigned int r_type
,
3780 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3781 unsigned char *view
,
3782 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3783 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3785 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3786 Arm_address address
,
3787 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3788 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3790 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3791 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3792 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3793 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3795 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
3797 bool is_bl_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x1000U
;
3798 bool is_blx_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x0000U
;
3800 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3801 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
3803 if (!is_bl_insn
&& !is_blx_insn
)
3804 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3806 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
3808 // This cannot be a BLX.
3810 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3812 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
3814 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
3816 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3819 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
3820 "thumb function '%s'."),
3821 object
->name().c_str(),
3822 (gsym
? gsym
->name() : "(local)"));
3823 // Convert BLX to BL.
3824 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
3830 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3831 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3832 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
3833 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
3834 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3835 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3836 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3838 if (arm_target
->may_use_thumb2_nop())
3840 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xf3af);
3841 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0x8000);
3845 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xe000);
3846 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0xbf00);
3848 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3851 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
3852 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3854 // For BLX, bit 1 of target address comes from bit 1 of base address.
3855 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3856 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
3857 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
3859 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3861 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3863 bool thumb2
= arm_target
->using_thumb2();
3864 if ((!thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
3865 || (thumb2
&& utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
))
3866 || ((thumb_bit
== 0)
3867 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
3868 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)))
3870 Arm_address unadjusted_branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
3872 Stub_type stub_type
=
3873 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
,
3874 unadjusted_branch_target
,
3877 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3879 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3880 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3881 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3883 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3884 Reloc_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3885 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3886 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3887 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3888 if (thumb_bit
== 0 && may_use_blx
)
3889 branch_target
= utils::bit_select(branch_target
, address
, 0x2);
3890 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3894 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3895 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3898 gold_assert(may_use_blx
3899 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
3900 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
));
3901 // Make sure this is a BLX.
3902 lower_insn
&= ~0x1000U
;
3906 // Make sure this is a BL.
3907 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
3910 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
3911 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
3912 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
3913 // 1 of the base address.
3914 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
3915 gold_assert((branch_offset
& 3) == 0);
3917 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
3918 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
3919 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
3920 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
3921 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
3923 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
3924 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
3926 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
3929 ? utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
)
3930 : utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
3931 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3932 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3935 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
3936 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3937 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3938 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3940 template<bool big_endian
>
3941 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3942 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(
3943 unsigned char *view
,
3944 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3945 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3946 Arm_address address
,
3947 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3949 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3950 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3951 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3952 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3953 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
3955 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3956 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3958 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
3959 // use this for tail calls.
3960 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
3963 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
3964 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3967 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
3968 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
3969 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
3971 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
3972 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
3973 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
3975 return (utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
)
3976 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3977 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3980 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
3982 template<bool big_endian
>
3983 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>*
3984 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
3986 if (this->got_
== NULL
)
3988 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
);
3990 this->got_
= new Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>(symtab
, layout
);
3993 os
= layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3995 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3996 this->got_
, false, false, false,
3998 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
3999 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
4000 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
4002 this->got_plt_
= new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
4003 os
= layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
4005 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
4006 this->got_plt_
, false, false,
4009 // The first three entries are reserved.
4010 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
4012 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
4013 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL
,
4014 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
4016 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
4018 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
4024 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
4026 template<bool big_endian
>
4027 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
4028 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_dyn_section(Layout
* layout
)
4030 if (this->rel_dyn_
== NULL
)
4032 gold_assert(layout
!= NULL
);
4033 this->rel_dyn_
= new Reloc_section(parameters
->options().combreloc());
4034 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
4035 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_dyn_
, true,
4036 false, false, false);
4038 return this->rel_dyn_
;
4041 // Insn_template methods.
4043 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
4046 Insn_template::size() const
4048 switch (this->type())
4051 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4062 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
4065 Insn_template::alignment() const
4067 switch (this->type())
4070 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4081 // Stub_template methods.
4083 Stub_template::Stub_template(
4084 Stub_type type
, const Insn_template
* insns
,
4086 : type_(type
), insns_(insns
), insn_count_(insn_count
), alignment_(1),
4087 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
4091 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
4092 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< insn_count
; i
++)
4094 unsigned insn_alignment
= insns
[i
].alignment();
4095 size_t insn_size
= insns
[i
].size();
4096 gold_assert((offset
& (insn_alignment
- 1)) == 0);
4097 this->alignment_
= std::max(this->alignment_
, insn_alignment
);
4098 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4100 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4101 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4103 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4106 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4107 if (insns
[i
].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
)
4108 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4110 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
4113 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4114 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
4116 if (insns
[i
].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4117 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4120 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4121 // Entry point cannot be data.
4122 gold_assert(i
!= 0);
4123 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
4129 offset
+= insn_size
;
4131 this->size_
= offset
;
4136 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianness.
4138 template<bool big_endian
>
4140 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
)
4142 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= this->stub_template();
4143 const Insn_template
* insns
= stub_template
->insns();
4145 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
4146 unsigned char* pov
= view
;
4147 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->insn_count(); i
++)
4149 switch (insns
[i
].type())
4151 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
4152 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff);
4154 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
4155 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(
4157 this->thumb16_special(i
));
4159 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
4161 uint32_t hi
= (insns
[i
].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
4162 uint32_t lo
= insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff;
4163 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, hi
);
4164 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lo
);
4167 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
4168 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
4169 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data());
4174 pov
+= insns
[i
].size();
4176 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- view
) == view_size
);
4179 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
4181 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
4184 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
4186 if (this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
)
4188 // Global symbol key name
4189 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
4190 const std::string sym_name
= this->u_
.symbol
->name();
4191 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
4192 // to the symbol name size.
4193 size_t len
= sym_name
.size() + 100;
4194 char* buffer
= new char[len
];
4195 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4196 sym_name
.c_str(), this->addend_
);
4197 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4199 return std::string(buffer
);
4203 // local symbol key name
4204 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
4205 const size_t len
= 200;
4207 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_
,
4208 this->u_
.relobj
, this->r_sym_
, this->addend_
);
4209 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
4210 return std::string(buffer
);
4214 // Reloc_stub methods.
4216 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
4217 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
4218 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
4219 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a liitle to keep the Stub
4223 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
4224 unsigned int r_type
,
4225 Arm_address location
,
4226 Arm_address destination
,
4227 bool target_is_thumb
)
4229 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
4231 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
4232 // big and little endianities.
4234 bool should_force_pic_veneer
;
4237 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
4239 const Target_arm
<true>* big_endian_target
=
4240 Target_arm
<true>::default_target();
4241 may_use_blx
= big_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4242 should_force_pic_veneer
= big_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4243 thumb2
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4244 thumb_only
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4248 const Target_arm
<false>* little_endian_target
=
4249 Target_arm
<false>::default_target();
4250 may_use_blx
= little_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
4251 should_force_pic_veneer
= little_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
4252 thumb2
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
4253 thumb_only
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
4256 int64_t branch_offset
;
4257 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
|| r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4259 // For THUMB BLX instruction, bit 1 of target comes from bit 1 of the
4260 // base address (instruction address + 4).
4261 if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && may_use_blx
&& !target_is_thumb
)
4262 destination
= utils::bit_select(destination
, location
, 0x2);
4263 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4265 // Handle cases where:
4266 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4268 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4269 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4271 && (branch_offset
> THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4272 || (branch_offset
< THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4274 && (branch_offset
> THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4275 || (branch_offset
< THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4276 || ((!target_is_thumb
)
4277 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4278 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4280 if (target_is_thumb
)
4285 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4286 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4289 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4290 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4291 // we must be able to switch mode before
4292 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4293 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4294 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4295 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4296 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
)
4300 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4301 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4302 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
); // V4T.
4306 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4307 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4308 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
// PIC stub.
4309 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
; // non-PIC stub.
4316 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4317 // object that has interwork enabled.
4319 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4320 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4323 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4324 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// V5T and above.
4325 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
) // V4T.
4329 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4330 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4331 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
); // V4T.
4333 // Handle v4t short branches.
4334 if ((stub_type
== arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
)
4335 && (branch_offset
<= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4336 && (branch_offset
>= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4337 stub_type
= arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
;
4341 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4342 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4343 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
4345 branch_offset
= static_cast<int64_t>(destination
) - location
;
4346 if (target_is_thumb
)
4350 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4351 // object that has interwork enabled.
4353 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4354 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4355 if (branch_offset
> (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
+ 2)
4356 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4357 || ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4358 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4359 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
))
4361 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4362 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4365 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
// V5T and above.
4366 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
) // V4T stub.
4370 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4371 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
); // V4T.
4377 if (branch_offset
> ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4378 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4380 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4381 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4382 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// PIC stubs.
4383 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
; /// non-PIC.
4391 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4393 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4394 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4397 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i
)
4399 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4400 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4402 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4404 uint16_t data
= this->stub_template()->insns()[i
].data();
4405 gold_assert((data
& 0xff00U
) == 0xd000U
);
4406 data
|= ((this->original_insn_
>> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4410 // Stub_factory methods.
4412 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4414 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4415 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4417 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4418 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4419 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
[] =
4421 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4422 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4423 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4426 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4428 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
[] =
4430 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4431 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4432 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4433 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4436 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4437 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
[] =
4439 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4440 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4441 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4442 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4443 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4444 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4445 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4446 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4449 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4451 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
[] =
4453 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4454 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4455 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4456 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4457 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4458 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4461 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4463 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4465 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4466 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4467 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4468 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4469 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4472 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4473 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4474 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4476 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4477 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4478 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4481 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4482 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4483 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
[] =
4485 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4486 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4487 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4488 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4491 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4492 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4493 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4495 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
[] =
4497 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4498 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4499 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4500 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4501 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4504 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4505 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
[] =
4507 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4508 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4509 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4510 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4511 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4514 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4515 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
[] =
4517 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4518 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4519 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4520 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4521 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4522 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4525 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4527 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
[] =
4529 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4530 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4531 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4532 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4533 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4534 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4535 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 4),
4536 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4539 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4541 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
[] =
4543 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4544 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4545 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4546 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4547 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4548 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4549 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4552 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4554 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4555 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4562 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
[] =
4564 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4565 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4566 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4570 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4572 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
[] =
4574 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4577 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
[] =
4579 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4582 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4583 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4584 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4585 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
[] =
4587 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4590 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4591 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4592 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
[] =
4594 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4595 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4596 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4599 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4600 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4601 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4603 this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_none
] =
4604 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none
, NULL
, 0);
4606 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4610 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4611 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4612 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4613 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4621 // Stub_table methods.
4623 // Removel all Cortex-A8 stub.
4625 template<bool big_endian
>
4627 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4629 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4630 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4633 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.clear();
4636 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4638 template<bool big_endian
>
4640 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
4642 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4643 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4644 Output_section
* output_section
,
4645 unsigned char* view
,
4646 Arm_address address
,
4647 section_size_type view_size
)
4649 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4650 if (stub_template
->reloc_count() != 0)
4652 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4653 section_size_type offset
= stub
->offset();
4654 section_size_type stub_size
= stub_template
->size();
4655 gold_assert(offset
+ stub_size
<= view_size
);
4657 arm_target
->relocate_stub(stub
, relinfo
, output_section
, view
+ offset
,
4658 address
+ offset
, stub_size
);
4662 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4664 template<bool big_endian
>
4666 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stubs(
4667 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4668 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4669 Output_section
* output_section
,
4670 unsigned char* view
,
4671 Arm_address address
,
4672 section_size_type view_size
)
4674 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4676 gold_assert(address
== this->address()
4678 == static_cast<section_size_type
>(this->data_size())));
4680 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4681 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4682 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4684 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4685 address
, view_size
);
4687 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4688 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4689 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4691 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4692 address
, view_size
);
4694 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4695 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4696 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4700 this->relocate_stub(*p
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4701 address
, view_size
);
4705 // Write out the stubs to file.
4707 template<bool big_endian
>
4709 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4711 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4712 const section_size_type oview_size
=
4713 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4714 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4716 // Write relocation stubs.
4717 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4718 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4721 Reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4722 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4724 == align_address(address
,
4725 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4726 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4730 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4731 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4732 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4735 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4736 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4738 == align_address(address
,
4739 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4740 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4744 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4745 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4746 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4752 Arm_address address
= this->address() + (*p
)->offset();
4754 == align_address(address
,
4755 (*p
)->stub_template()->alignment()));
4756 (*p
)->write(oview
+ (*p
)->offset(), (*p
)->stub_template()->size(),
4760 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
4763 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
4764 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
4765 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
4767 template<bool big_endian
>
4769 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
4771 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
4772 off_t size
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
4773 unsigned addralign
= this->reloc_stubs_addralign_
;
4775 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4776 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4779 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= p
->second
->stub_template();
4780 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4781 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4782 + stub_template
->size());
4785 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4786 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4792 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
4793 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4794 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4795 + stub_template
->size());
4798 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
4799 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
4800 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
4801 bool changed
= size
!= this->prev_data_size_
;
4802 this->prev_data_size_
= size
;
4804 if (addralign
!= this->prev_addralign_
)
4806 this->prev_addralign_
= addralign
;
4811 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
4812 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
4814 template<bool big_endian
>
4816 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::finalize_stubs()
4818 off_t off
= this->reloc_stubs_size_
;
4819 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4820 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4823 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4824 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4825 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
4826 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
4827 stub
->set_offset(off
);
4828 off
+= stub_template
->size();
4830 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
4831 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
4832 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
4833 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(stub
->relobj());
4834 arm_relobj
->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
->shndx());
4837 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4838 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4844 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
4845 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
4846 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
4847 (*p
)->set_offset(off
);
4848 off
+= stub_template
->size();
4851 gold_assert(off
<= this->prev_data_size_
);
4854 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
4855 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
4856 // of the address range seen by the linker.
4858 template<bool big_endian
>
4860 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
4861 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4862 unsigned char* view
,
4863 Arm_address view_address
,
4864 section_size_type view_size
)
4866 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
4867 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
=
4868 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.lower_bound(view_address
);
4869 ((p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end())
4870 && (p
->first
< (view_address
+ view_size
)));
4873 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
4874 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
4875 Arm_address branch_address
= p
->first
;
4876 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4877 Arm_address stub_address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4879 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
4880 section_size_type offset
=
4881 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address
- view_address
);
4882 gold_assert((offset
+ 4) <= view_size
);
4884 arm_target
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
, stub_address
,
4885 view
+ offset
, branch_address
);
4889 // Arm_input_section methods.
4891 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
4893 template<bool big_endian
>
4895 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::init()
4897 Relobj
* relobj
= this->relobj();
4898 unsigned int shndx
= this->shndx();
4900 // Cache these to speed up size and alignment queries. It is too slow
4901 // to call section_addraglin and section_size every time.
4902 this->original_addralign_
= relobj
->section_addralign(shndx
);
4903 this->original_size_
= relobj
->section_size(shndx
);
4905 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
4906 // output sections are finalized.
4907 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(shndx
);
4908 off_t offset
= relobj
->output_section_offset(shndx
);
4909 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
&& !relobj
->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
));
4910 this->set_address(os
->address() + offset
);
4911 this->set_file_offset(os
->offset() + offset
);
4913 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_
);
4914 this->finalize_data_size();
4917 template<bool big_endian
>
4919 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4921 // We have to write out the original section content.
4922 section_size_type section_size
;
4923 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
4924 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size
, false);
4925 of
->write(this->offset(), section_contents
, section_size
);
4927 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
4928 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_
->empty())
4929 this->stub_table_
->write(of
);
4932 // Finalize data size.
4934 template<bool big_endian
>
4936 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::set_final_data_size()
4938 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
4940 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
4942 // The stub table comes after the original section contents.
4943 off
= align_address(off
, this->stub_table_
->addralign());
4944 this->stub_table_
->set_address_and_file_offset(this->address() + off
,
4945 this->offset() + off
);
4946 off
+= this->stub_table_
->data_size();
4948 this->set_data_size(off
);
4951 // Reset address and file offset.
4953 template<bool big_endian
>
4955 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
4957 // Size of the original input section contents.
4958 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
4960 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
4961 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
4963 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_table_
;
4965 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
4966 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
4967 stub_table_
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
4968 off
= align_address(off
, stub_table_
->addralign());
4969 off
+= stub_table
->current_data_size();
4972 this->set_current_data_size(off
);
4975 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
4977 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianness.
4979 template<bool big_endian
>
4981 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
* of
)
4983 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4984 const section_size_type oview_size
= 8;
4985 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4987 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4988 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
);
4990 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj_
->output_section(this->shndx_
);
4991 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
4993 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
4994 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_
);
4995 Arm_address output_offset
=
4996 arm_relobj
->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_
);
4997 Arm_address section_start
;
4998 if (output_offset
!= Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::invalid_address
)
4999 section_start
= os
->address() + output_offset
;
5002 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5003 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5004 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_
, this->shndx_
);
5005 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5006 section_start
= poris
->address();
5009 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
5010 Arm_address output_address
=
5011 section_start
+ this->relobj_
->section_size(this->shndx_
);
5013 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
5014 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
5015 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
5016 uint32_t prel31_offset
= output_address
- this->address();
5017 if (utils::has_overflow
<31>(offset
))
5018 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
5019 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, prel31_offset
& 0x7fffffffU
);
5020 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
);
5022 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5025 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
5027 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
5028 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
5029 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
5030 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
5031 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
5033 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
5034 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
5035 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
5036 uint32_t deleted_bytes
)
5037 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section
.relobj(),
5038 exidx_input_section
.shndx(),
5039 exidx_input_section
.addralign()),
5040 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section
),
5041 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map
)
5043 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
5044 this->set_data_size(exidx_input_section
.size() - deleted_bytes
);
5045 this->fix_data_size();
5048 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
5049 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
5050 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
5051 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
5052 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
5053 // this input offset is being discarded.
5056 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
5057 const Relobj
* relobj
,
5059 section_offset_type offset
,
5060 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
5062 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
5063 if (relobj
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.relobj()
5064 || shndx
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.shndx())
5067 section_offset_type section_size
=
5068 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5069 if (offset
< 0 || offset
>= section_size
)
5070 // Input offset is out of valid range.
5074 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
5075 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
5076 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
5077 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5078 this->section_offset_map_
.lower_bound(offset
);
5080 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
5081 // input offset is in the valid range.
5082 gold_assert(p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end());
5084 // We need to check if this is dropped.
5085 section_offset_type ref
= p
->first
;
5086 section_offset_type mapped_ref
= p
->second
;
5088 if (mapped_ref
!= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
)
5089 // Offset is present in output.
5090 *poutput
= mapped_ref
+ (offset
- ref
);
5092 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
5099 // Write this to output file OF.
5102 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5104 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
5106 gold_assert(this->data_size() != this->exidx_input_section_
.size()
5107 && this->data_size() != 0);
5109 off_t offset
= this->offset();
5110 const section_size_type oview_size
= this->data_size();
5111 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5113 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
5114 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5116 // Get contents of EXIDX input section.
5117 section_size_type section_size
;
5118 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5119 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size
, false);
5120 gold_assert(section_size
== this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
5122 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
5124 section_offset_type in_start
= 0;
5125 section_offset_type out_start
= 0;
5126 for(Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
5127 this->section_offset_map_
.begin();
5128 p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end();
5131 section_offset_type in_end
= p
->first
;
5132 gold_assert(in_end
>= in_start
);
5133 section_offset_type out_end
= p
->second
;
5134 size_t in_chunk_size
= convert_types
<size_t>(in_end
- in_start
+ 1);
5137 size_t out_chunk_size
=
5138 convert_types
<size_t>(out_end
- out_start
+ 1);
5139 gold_assert(out_chunk_size
== in_chunk_size
);
5140 memcpy(oview
+ out_start
, section_contents
+ in_start
,
5142 out_start
+= out_chunk_size
;
5144 in_start
+= in_chunk_size
;
5147 gold_assert(convert_to_section_size_type(out_start
) == oview_size
);
5148 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
5151 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
5153 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
5154 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
5155 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5158 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
5160 if (this->last_unwind_type_
!= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5161 && this->last_input_section_
!= NULL
)
5163 Relobj
* relobj
= this->last_input_section_
->relobj();
5164 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->last_input_section_
->link();
5165 Arm_exidx_cantunwind
* cantunwind
=
5166 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj
, text_shndx
);
5167 this->exidx_output_section_
->add_output_section_data(cantunwind
);
5168 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5172 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
5173 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
5177 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
)
5180 if (second_word
== elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
)
5182 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
5183 delete_entry
= this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5184 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
5186 else if ((second_word
& 0x80000000) != 0)
5188 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
5189 delete_entry
= (this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_INLINED_ENTRY
5190 && this->last_inlined_entry_
== second_word
);
5191 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_INLINED_ENTRY
;
5192 this->last_inlined_entry_
= second_word
;
5196 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
5197 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
5198 delete_entry
= false;
5199 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NORMAL_ENTRY
;
5201 return delete_entry
;
5204 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
5205 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
5206 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
5207 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
5208 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
5211 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
5212 section_offset_type input_offset
,
5213 section_size_type deleted_bytes
,
5216 if (this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
)
5217 this->section_offset_map_
= new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
5218 section_offset_type output_offset
;
5220 output_offset
= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
;
5222 output_offset
= input_offset
- deleted_bytes
;
5223 (*this->section_offset_map_
)[input_offset
] = output_offset
;
5226 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
5227 // bytes deleted. If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly
5228 // created Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The
5229 // caller owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
5231 template<bool big_endian
>
5233 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
5234 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
5235 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
)
5237 Relobj
* relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5238 unsigned shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5239 section_size_type section_size
;
5240 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5241 relobj
->section_contents(shndx
, §ion_size
, false);
5243 if ((section_size
% 8) != 0)
5245 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5246 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5247 relobj
->name().c_str(), shndx
);
5248 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5249 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NONE
;
5253 uint32_t deleted_bytes
= 0;
5254 bool prev_delete_entry
= false;
5255 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
);
5257 for (section_size_type i
= 0; i
< section_size
; i
+= 8)
5259 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5261 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(section_contents
+ i
+ 4);
5262 uint32_t second_word
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
5264 bool delete_entry
= this->process_exidx_entry(second_word
);
5266 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5267 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5268 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5269 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5270 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5271 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5272 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5273 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5274 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Othewise, y1
5276 if (delete_entry
!= prev_delete_entry
&& i
!= 0)
5277 this->update_offset_map(i
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5279 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5283 prev_delete_entry
= delete_entry
;
5286 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5288 if (this->section_offset_map_
!= NULL
)
5289 update_offset_map(section_size
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5291 *psection_offset_map
= this->section_offset_map_
;
5292 this->section_offset_map_
= NULL
;
5293 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5295 // Set the first output text section so that we can link the EXIDX output
5296 // section to it. Ignore any EXIDX input section that is completely merged.
5297 if (this->first_output_text_section_
== NULL
5298 && deleted_bytes
!= section_size
)
5300 unsigned int link
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5301 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(link
);
5302 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5303 this->first_output_text_section_
= os
;
5306 return deleted_bytes
;
5309 // Arm_output_section methods.
5311 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5312 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5314 template<bool big_endian
>
5316 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::create_stub_group(
5317 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin
,
5318 Input_section_list::const_iterator end
,
5319 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner
,
5320 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5321 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>* new_relaxed_sections
)
5323 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5324 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5325 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5326 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5327 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5329 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5330 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5331 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5334 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
;
5335 if (owner
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5338 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_input_section(
5339 owner
->relaxed_input_section());
5343 gold_assert(owner
->is_input_section());
5344 // Create a new relaxed input section.
5346 target
->new_arm_input_section(owner
->relobj(), owner
->shndx());
5347 new_relaxed_sections
->push_back(arm_input_section
);
5350 // Create a stub table.
5351 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
5352 target
->new_stub_table(arm_input_section
);
5354 arm_input_section
->set_stub_table(stub_table
);
5356 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= begin
;
5357 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p
;
5359 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5362 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5364 // The stub table information for input sections live
5365 // in their objects.
5366 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5367 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5368 arm_relobj
->set_stub_table(p
->shndx(), stub_table
);
5372 while (prev_p
!= end
);
5375 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5376 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5377 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5378 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5379 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5381 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5382 // implemented differently.
5384 template<bool big_endian
>
5386 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
5387 section_size_type group_size
,
5388 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
5389 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
)
5391 // We only care about sections containing code.
5392 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5395 // States for grouping.
5398 // No group is being built.
5400 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5401 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5402 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5403 FINDING_STUB_SECTION
,
5404 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5405 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5406 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5410 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5411 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*> new_relaxed_sections
;
5413 State state
= NO_GROUP
;
5414 section_size_type off
= 0;
5415 section_size_type group_begin_offset
= 0;
5416 section_size_type group_end_offset
= 0;
5417 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset
= 0;
5418 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin
=
5419 this->input_sections().end();
5420 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table
=
5421 this->input_sections().end();
5422 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end
= this->input_sections().end();
5423 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5424 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5427 section_size_type section_begin_offset
=
5428 align_address(off
, p
->addralign());
5429 section_size_type section_end_offset
=
5430 section_begin_offset
+ p
->data_size();
5432 // Check to see if we should group the previously seens sections.
5438 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION
:
5439 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5440 if (section_end_offset
- group_begin_offset
>= group_size
)
5442 if (stubs_always_after_branch
)
5444 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5445 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, group_end
,
5446 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5451 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5452 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5453 // handled by it too.
5454 state
= HAS_STUB_SECTION
;
5455 stub_table
= group_end
;
5456 stub_table_end_offset
= group_end_offset
;
5461 case HAS_STUB_SECTION
:
5462 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5464 if (section_end_offset
- stub_table_end_offset
>= group_size
)
5466 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5467 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, stub_table
,
5468 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5477 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5478 // a new one. Skip any empty sections.
5479 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5480 && (p
->relobj()->section_size(p
->shndx()) != 0))
5482 if (state
== NO_GROUP
)
5484 state
= FINDING_STUB_SECTION
;
5486 group_begin_offset
= section_begin_offset
;
5489 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5491 group_end_offset
= section_end_offset
;
5494 off
= section_end_offset
;
5497 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5498 if (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
|| state
== HAS_STUB_SECTION
)
5500 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5501 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
,
5502 (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5505 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5508 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5509 if (!new_relaxed_sections
.empty())
5510 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections
);
5512 // Update the section offsets
5513 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< new_relaxed_sections
.size(); ++i
)
5515 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5516 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(
5517 new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->relobj());
5518 unsigned int shndx
= new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->shndx();
5519 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5520 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx
);
5524 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5525 // order of their position in this.
5527 template<bool big_endian
>
5529 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5530 Text_section_list
* list
)
5532 // We only care about text sections.
5533 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5536 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0);
5538 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5539 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5542 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5543 // ignore any merged sections.
5544 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5545 && p
->data_size() != 0)
5546 list
->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p
->relobj(),
5551 template<bool big_endian
>
5553 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5555 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_sections
,
5556 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
5558 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5559 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5561 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5562 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5563 this->discard_states();
5565 // Remove all input sections.
5566 uint64_t address
= this->address();
5567 typedef std::list
<Simple_input_section
> Simple_input_section_list
;
5568 Simple_input_section_list input_sections
;
5569 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5570 this->get_input_sections(address
, std::string(""), &input_sections
);
5572 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5573 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5575 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5576 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5577 Section_id_set known_input_sections
;
5578 for (Simple_input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5579 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5582 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5583 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5584 gold_assert(!p
->is_relaxed_input_section());
5585 known_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()));
5588 Arm_exidx_fixup
exidx_fixup(this);
5590 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5591 Section_id_set processed_input_sections
;
5592 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p
= sorted_text_sections
.begin();
5593 p
!= sorted_text_sections
.end();
5596 Relobj
* relobj
= p
->first
;
5597 unsigned int shndx
= p
->second
;
5599 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5600 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relobj
);
5601 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5602 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx
);
5604 // If this text section has no EXIDX section, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5605 // entry pointing to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5606 if (exidx_input_section
== NULL
)
5608 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5612 Relobj
* exidx_relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5613 unsigned int exidx_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5614 Section_id
sid(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5615 if (known_input_sections
.find(sid
) == known_input_sections
.end())
5617 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5618 // We cannot do fix-up. If we saw a SECTIONS clause in a script,
5619 // issue a warning instead. We assume the user knows what he
5620 // or she is doing. Otherwise, this is an error.
5621 if (layout
->script_options()->saw_sections_clause())
5622 gold_warning(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5623 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5624 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5626 gold_error(_("unwinding may not work because EXIDX input section"
5627 " %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5628 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5630 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5634 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5635 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map
= NULL
;
5636 uint32_t deleted_bytes
=
5637 exidx_fixup
.process_exidx_section
<big_endian
>(exidx_input_section
,
5638 §ion_offset_map
);
5640 if (deleted_bytes
== exidx_input_section
->size())
5642 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5643 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5644 exidx_relobj
->set_output_section(exidx_shndx
, NULL
);
5646 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5647 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5648 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5650 else if (deleted_bytes
> 0)
5652 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5653 // section into a relaxed section.
5654 gold_assert(section_offset_map
!= NULL
);
5655 Arm_exidx_merged_section
* merged_section
=
5656 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section
,
5657 *section_offset_map
, deleted_bytes
);
5658 this->add_relaxed_input_section(merged_section
);
5659 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx
);
5661 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5662 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5664 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5668 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5669 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5670 Output_section::Simple_input_section
sis(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5671 this->add_simple_input_section(sis
, exidx_input_section
->size(),
5672 exidx_input_section
->addralign());
5675 processed_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
));
5678 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5679 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5681 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5682 for (Simple_input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5683 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5686 if (processed_input_sections
.find(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()))
5687 == processed_input_sections
.end())
5689 // We only discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5690 // text section has been folded by ICF.
5691 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5692 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5693 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5694 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p
->shndx());
5695 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5696 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5697 gold_assert(symtab
->is_section_folded(p
->relobj(), text_shndx
));
5699 // Remove this from link. We also need to recount the
5701 p
->relobj()->set_output_section(p
->shndx(), NULL
);
5702 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5706 // Link exidx output section to the first seen output section and
5707 // set correct entry size.
5708 this->set_link_section(exidx_fixup
.first_output_text_section());
5709 this->set_entsize(8);
5711 // Make changes permanent.
5712 this->save_states();
5713 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
5716 // Arm_relobj methods.
5718 // Determine if an input section is scannable for stub processing. SHDR is
5719 // the header of the section and SHNDX is the section index. OS is the output
5720 // section for the input section and SYMTAB is the global symbol table used to
5721 // look up ICF information.
5723 template<bool big_endian
>
5725 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_is_scannable(
5726 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5728 const Output_section
* os
,
5729 const Symbol_table
*symtab
)
5731 // Skip any empty sections, unallocated sections or sections whose
5732 // type are not SHT_PROGBITS.
5733 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() == 0
5734 || (shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0
5735 || shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
)
5738 // Skip any discarded or ICF'ed sections.
5739 if (os
== NULL
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, shndx
))
5742 // If this requires special offset handling, check to see if it is
5743 // a relaxed section. If this is not, then it is a merged section that
5744 // we cannot handle.
5745 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
5747 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5748 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
5756 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
5757 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5759 template<bool big_endian
>
5761 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
5762 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5763 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections
,
5764 const Symbol_table
*symtab
,
5765 const unsigned char* pshdrs
)
5767 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
5768 if (sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_REL
&& sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
5771 // Ignore empty section.
5772 off_t sh_size
= shdr
.get_sh_size();
5776 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
5777 // error will be reported in the final link.
5778 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
5781 unsigned int reloc_size
;
5782 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
5783 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
5785 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
5787 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
5788 // The error will be reported in the final link.
5789 if (reloc_size
!= shdr
.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size
% reloc_size
!= 0)
5792 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
5793 // reported in the final link.
5794 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
5795 if (index
>= this->shnum())
5798 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
5799 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
+ index
* shdr_size
);
5800 return this->section_is_scannable(text_shdr
, index
,
5801 out_sections
[index
], symtab
);
5804 // Return the output address of either a plain input section or a relaxed
5805 // input section. SHNDX is the section index. We define and use this
5806 // instead of calling Output_section::output_address because that is slow
5807 // for large output.
5809 template<bool big_endian
>
5811 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::simple_input_section_output_address(
5815 if (this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
))
5817 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5818 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
5819 // We do not handle merged sections here.
5820 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5821 return poris
->address();
5824 return os
->address() + this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
);
5827 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
5828 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5830 template<bool big_endian
>
5832 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
5833 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5836 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
5838 if (!this->section_is_scannable(shdr
, shndx
, os
, symtab
))
5841 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
5843 Arm_address address
= this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
5844 if ((address
& ~0xfffU
) == ((address
+ shdr
.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU
))
5850 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
5852 template<bool big_endian
>
5854 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
5855 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5858 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
)
5860 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
5862 Mapping_symbol_position
section_start(shndx
, 0);
5863 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p
=
5864 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.lower_bound(section_start
);
5866 // There are no mapping symbols for this section. Treat it as a data-only
5867 // section. Issue a warning if section is marked as containing
5869 if (p
== this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end() || p
->first
.first
!= shndx
)
5871 if ((this->section_flags(shndx
) & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5872 gold_warning(_("cannot scan executable section %u of %s for Cortex-A8 "
5873 "erratum because it has no mapping symbols."),
5874 shndx
, this->name().c_str());
5878 Arm_address output_address
=
5879 this->simple_input_section_output_address(shndx
, os
);
5881 // Get the section contents.
5882 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
5883 const unsigned char* input_view
=
5884 this->section_contents(shndx
, &input_view_size
, false);
5886 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
5887 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
5888 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
5889 // to speed up the scanning.
5891 while (p
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
5892 && p
->first
.first
== shndx
)
5894 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next
=
5895 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.upper_bound(p
->first
);
5897 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
5898 if (p
->second
== 't')
5900 // Determine the end of this range.
5901 section_size_type span_start
=
5902 convert_to_section_size_type(p
->first
.second
);
5903 section_size_type span_end
;
5904 if (next
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
5905 && next
->first
.first
== shndx
)
5906 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(next
->first
.second
);
5908 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
5910 if (((span_start
+ output_address
) & ~0xfffUL
)
5911 != ((span_end
+ output_address
- 1) & ~0xfffUL
))
5913 arm_target
->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx
,
5914 span_start
, span_end
,
5924 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
5926 template<bool big_endian
>
5928 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
5929 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
5930 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5931 const Layout
* layout
)
5933 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
5934 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
5936 // Read the section headers.
5937 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
5941 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
5942 // input offsets to output addresses.
5943 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
5945 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
5947 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
5948 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
5949 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
5950 relinfo
.object
= this;
5952 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
5953 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
5954 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
5956 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
5957 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr
, out_sections
, symtab
,
5960 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
5961 Arm_address output_offset
= this->get_output_section_offset(index
);
5962 Arm_address output_address
;
5963 if (output_offset
!= invalid_address
)
5964 output_address
= out_sections
[index
]->address() + output_offset
;
5967 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5968 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5969 out_sections
[index
]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index
);
5970 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5971 output_address
= poris
->address();
5974 // Get the relocations.
5975 const unsigned char* prelocs
= this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(),
5979 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
5980 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
5981 // output view under such circumstances.
5982 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
5983 const unsigned char* input_view
=
5984 this->section_contents(index
, &input_view_size
, false);
5986 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= i
;
5987 relinfo
.data_shndx
= index
;
5988 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
5989 unsigned int reloc_size
;
5990 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
5991 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
5993 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
5995 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[index
];
5996 arm_target
->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo
, sh_type
, prelocs
,
5997 shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
,
5999 output_offset
== invalid_address
,
6000 input_view
, output_address
,
6005 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
6006 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
6007 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
6008 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
6009 // scanning is done first.
6010 if (arm_target
->fix_cortex_a8())
6012 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6013 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
6015 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
6016 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr
, i
,
6019 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr
, i
, out_sections
[i
],
6024 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
6025 // since we no longer need them.
6026 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
6029 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
6030 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
6031 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
6032 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
6033 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
6034 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
6035 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol targer hook inside
6036 // Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
6038 template<bool big_endian
>
6040 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(
6041 Stringpool_template
<char>* pool
,
6042 Stringpool_template
<char>* dynpool
)
6044 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
6047 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6048 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(pool
, dynpool
);
6049 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6053 // Intialize the thumb function bit-vector.
6054 std::vector
<bool> empty_vector(loccount
, false);
6055 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.swap(empty_vector
);
6057 // Read the symbol table section header.
6058 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6059 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6060 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6061 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6063 // Read the local symbols.
6064 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6065 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6066 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6067 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6068 locsize
, true, true);
6070 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
6071 unsigned int strtab_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr
.get_sh_link());
6072 if (strtab_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6074 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx
);
6078 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6079 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx
));
6080 if (strtabshdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6082 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
6083 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr
.get_sh_type()));
6086 const char* pnames
=
6087 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6088 strtabshdr
.get_sh_size(),
6091 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
6092 // to THUMB functions.
6094 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6096 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Local_values
* plocal_values
=
6097 this->local_values();
6098 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6100 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6101 elfcpp::STT st_type
= sym
.get_st_type();
6102 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*plocal_values
)[i
]);
6103 Arm_address input_value
= lv
.input_value();
6105 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
6106 const char* sym_name
= pnames
+ sym
.get_st_name();
6107 if (Target_arm
<big_endian
>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name
))
6110 unsigned int input_shndx
=
6111 this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
6112 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
6114 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
6115 Mapping_symbol_position
msp(input_shndx
, input_value
& ~1U);
6116 this->mapping_symbols_info_
[msp
] = sym_name
[1];
6119 if (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
6120 || (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_FUNC
&& ((input_value
& 1) != 0)))
6122 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
6123 // symbol value by setting LSB.
6124 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[i
] = true;
6125 if ((input_value
& 1) == 0)
6126 lv
.set_input_value(input_value
| 1);
6131 // Relocate sections.
6132 template<bool big_endian
>
6134 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(
6135 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6136 const Layout
* layout
,
6137 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
6138 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
)
6140 // Call parent to relocate sections.
6141 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(symtab
, layout
, pshdrs
,
6144 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
6145 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
6148 // Relocate stub tables.
6149 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6151 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
6152 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
6154 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
6155 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
6156 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
6157 relinfo
.object
= this;
6159 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
)
6161 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
6162 arm_target
->find_arm_input_section(this, i
);
6164 if (arm_input_section
!= NULL
6165 && arm_input_section
->is_stub_table_owner()
6166 && !arm_input_section
->stub_table()->empty())
6168 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
6169 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6170 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6172 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
6173 relinfo
.reloc_shdr
= NULL
;
6174 relinfo
.data_shndx
= i
;
6175 relinfo
.data_shdr
= pshdrs
+ i
* elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6177 gold_assert((*pviews
)[i
].view
!= NULL
);
6179 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
6181 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= arm_input_section
->stub_table();
6182 gold_assert((stub_table
->address() >= (*pviews
)[i
].address
)
6183 && ((stub_table
->address() + stub_table
->data_size())
6184 <= (*pviews
)[i
].address
+ (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
));
6186 off_t offset
= stub_table
->address() - (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6187 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
+ offset
;
6188 Arm_address address
= stub_table
->address();
6189 section_size_type view_size
= stub_table
->data_size();
6191 stub_table
->relocate_stubs(&relinfo
, arm_target
, os
, view
, address
,
6195 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
6196 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i
))
6198 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
;
6199 Arm_address view_address
= (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
6200 section_size_type view_size
= (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
;
6201 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_tables_
[i
];
6203 // Adjust view to cover section.
6204 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
6205 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
6206 Arm_address section_address
=
6207 this->simple_input_section_output_address(i
, os
);
6208 uint64_t section_size
= this->section_size(i
);
6210 gold_assert(section_address
>= view_address
6211 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
6212 <= (view_address
+ view_size
)));
6214 unsigned char* section_view
= view
+ (section_address
- view_address
);
6216 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
6217 // corresponding to this input section.
6218 stub_table
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
6227 // Find the linked text section of an EXIDX section by looking the the first
6228 // relocation. 4.4.1 of the EHABI specifications says that an EXIDX section
6229 // must be linked to to its associated code section via the sh_link field of
6230 // its section header. However, some tools are broken and the link is not
6231 // always set. LD just drops such an EXIDX section silently, causing the
6232 // associated code not unwindabled. Here we try a little bit harder to
6233 // discover the linked code section.
6235 // PSHDR points to the section header of a relocation section of an EXIDX
6236 // section. If we can find a linked text section, return true and
6237 // store the text section index in the location PSHNDX. Otherwise
6240 template<bool big_endian
>
6242 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::find_linked_text_section(
6243 const unsigned char* pshdr
,
6244 const unsigned char* psyms
,
6245 unsigned int* pshndx
)
6247 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdr
);
6249 // If there is no relocation, we cannot find the linked text section.
6251 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6252 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6254 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
6255 size_t reloc_count
= shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
;
6257 // Get the relocations.
6258 const unsigned char* prelocs
=
6259 this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(), shdr
.get_sh_size(), true, false);
6261 // Find the REL31 relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6262 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
6264 Arm_address r_offset
;
6265 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
;
6266 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6268 typename
elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6269 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6270 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6274 typename
elfcpp::Rela
<32, big_endian
> reloc(prelocs
);
6275 r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
6276 r_offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
6279 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
6280 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
&& r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
)
6283 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
6285 || r_sym
>= this->local_symbol_count()
6289 // This is the relocation for the first word of the first EXIDX entry.
6290 // We expect to see a local section symbol.
6291 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6292 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
+ r_sym
* sym_size
);
6293 if (sym
.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
6297 this->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
6298 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
6308 // Make an EXIDX input section object for an EXIDX section whose index is
6309 // SHNDX. SHDR is the section header of the EXIDX section and TEXT_SHNDX
6310 // is the section index of the linked text section.
6312 template<bool big_endian
>
6314 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::make_exidx_input_section(
6316 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
6317 unsigned int text_shndx
)
6319 // Issue an error and ignore this EXIDX section if it points to a text
6320 // section already has an EXIDX section.
6321 if (this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] != NULL
)
6323 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %u and %u both link to text section %u "
6325 shndx
, this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
]->shndx(),
6326 text_shndx
, this->name().c_str());
6330 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
6331 Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
6332 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx
, text_shndx
, shdr
.get_sh_size(),
6333 shdr
.get_sh_addralign());
6334 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6336 // Also map the EXIDX section index to this.
6337 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] == NULL
);
6338 this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
6341 // Read the symbol information.
6343 template<bool big_endian
>
6345 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6347 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6348 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6350 // If this input file is a binary file, it has no processor
6351 // specific flags and attributes section.
6352 Input_file::Format format
= this->input_file()->format();
6353 if (format
!= Input_file::FORMAT_ELF
)
6355 gold_assert(format
== Input_file::FORMAT_BINARY
);
6356 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
= false;
6360 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6361 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6362 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6364 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6365 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6367 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
6369 std::vector
<unsigned int> deferred_exidx_sections
;
6370 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6371 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= sd
->section_headers
->data();
6372 const unsigned char *ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6373 bool must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= false;
6374 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6376 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6378 // Sometimes an object has no contents except the section name string
6379 // table and an empty symbol table with the undefined symbol. We
6380 // don't want to merge processor-specific flags from such an object.
6381 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
)
6383 // Symbol table is not empty.
6384 const elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword sym_size
=
6385 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6386 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() > sym_size
)
6387 must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= true;
6389 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
6390 // If this is neither an empty symbol table nor a string table,
6392 must_merge_flags_and_attributes
= true;
6394 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6396 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
);
6397 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6398 section_size_type section_size
=
6399 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6400 File_view
* view
= this->get_lasting_view(section_offset
,
6401 section_size
, true, false);
6402 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6403 new Attributes_section_data(view
->data(), section_size
);
6405 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6407 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6408 if (text_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6409 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %u linked to invalid section %u"),
6411 else if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6412 deferred_exidx_sections
.push_back(i
);
6414 this->make_exidx_input_section(i
, shdr
, text_shndx
);
6419 if (!must_merge_flags_and_attributes
)
6421 this->merge_flags_and_attributes_
= false;
6425 // Some tools are broken and they do not set the link of EXIDX sections.
6426 // We look at the first relocation to figure out the linked sections.
6427 if (!deferred_exidx_sections
.empty())
6429 // We need to go over the section headers again to find the mapping
6430 // from sections being relocated to their relocation sections. This is
6431 // a bit inefficient as we could do that in the loop above. However,
6432 // we do not expect any deferred EXIDX sections normally. So we do not
6433 // want to slow down the most common path.
6434 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, unsigned int> Reloc_map
;
6435 Reloc_map reloc_map
;
6436 ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6437 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6439 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6440 elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
6441 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
|| sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6443 unsigned int info_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
6444 if (info_shndx
>= this->shnum())
6445 gold_error(_("relocation section %u has invalid info %u"),
6447 Reloc_map::value_type
value(info_shndx
, i
);
6448 std::pair
<Reloc_map::iterator
, bool> result
=
6449 reloc_map
.insert(value
);
6451 gold_error(_("section %u has multiple relocation sections "
6453 info_shndx
, i
, reloc_map
[info_shndx
]);
6457 // Read the symbol table section header.
6458 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6459 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6460 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6461 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6463 // Read the local symbols.
6464 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6465 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6466 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6467 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6468 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6469 locsize
, true, true);
6471 // Process the deferred EXIDX sections.
6472 for(unsigned int i
= 0; i
< deferred_exidx_sections
.size(); ++i
)
6474 unsigned int shndx
= deferred_exidx_sections
[i
];
6475 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(pshdrs
+ shndx
* shdr_size
);
6476 unsigned int text_shndx
;
6477 Reloc_map::const_iterator it
= reloc_map
.find(shndx
);
6478 if (it
!= reloc_map
.end()
6479 && find_linked_text_section(pshdrs
+ it
->second
* shdr_size
,
6480 psyms
, &text_shndx
))
6481 this->make_exidx_input_section(shndx
, shdr
, text_shndx
);
6483 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %u has no linked text section."),
6489 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
6490 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
6491 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implict
6492 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
6493 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
6494 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6496 template<bool big_endian
>
6498 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6500 Read_relocs_data
* rd
)
6502 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6503 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab
, layout
, rd
);
6505 // If --gc-sections is not specified, there is nothing more to do.
6506 // This happens when --icf is used but --gc-sections is not.
6507 if (!parameters
->options().gc_sections())
6510 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6511 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6512 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6516 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6517 // to these from the linked text sections.
6518 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6519 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6521 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6522 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6524 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6525 // sections from its linked text section.
6526 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6527 symtab
->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx
, this, i
);
6532 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6533 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6534 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6535 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6537 template<bool big_endian
>
6539 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6541 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6542 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6543 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
);
6545 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6546 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6548 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6552 // Read the symbol table section header.
6553 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6554 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6555 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6556 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6558 // Read the local symbols.
6559 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6560 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6561 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6562 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6563 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6564 locsize
, true, true);
6566 // Loop over the local symbols.
6568 typedef typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Output_sections
6570 const Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6571 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6572 unsigned int count
= 0;
6573 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6575 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6577 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6579 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i
]);
6581 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6582 if (lv
.is_output_symtab_index_set() && !lv
.has_output_symtab_entry())
6586 unsigned int shndx
= this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(),
6591 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[shndx
];
6593 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6596 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6600 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6601 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6602 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6603 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
) == invalid_address
)
6604 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx
) != NULL
))
6606 section_offset_type output_offset
=
6607 os
->output_offset(this, shndx
, lv
.input_value());
6608 if (output_offset
== -1)
6610 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6611 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6612 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6621 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count
);
6622 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= false;
6625 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6627 // Read the symbol information.
6629 template<bool big_endian
>
6631 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6633 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6634 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6636 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6637 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6638 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6640 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6641 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6643 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
6644 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
6645 // the section headers.
6646 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6647 const unsigned char *ps
=
6648 sd
->section_headers
->data() + shdr_size
* (this->shnum() - 1);
6649 for (unsigned int i
= this->shnum(); i
> 0; --i
, ps
-= shdr_size
)
6651 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6652 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6654 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6655 section_size_type section_size
=
6656 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6657 File_view
* view
= this->get_lasting_view(section_offset
,
6658 section_size
, true, false);
6659 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6660 new Attributes_section_data(view
->data(), section_size
);
6666 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
6668 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
6670 template<bool big_endian
>
6671 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
6672 Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>::operator()(
6673 unsigned int r_type
,
6674 const unsigned char* view
,
6675 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const
6677 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
6681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
6682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
6683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
6685 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6686 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6687 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6688 return utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
6691 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
6692 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
6693 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
6695 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6696 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6697 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6698 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
6699 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
6702 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
6704 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6705 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6706 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6707 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
6708 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
6716 // Arm_output_data_got methods.
6718 // Add a GOT pair for R_ARM_TLS_GD32. The creates a pair of GOT entries.
6719 // The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the module index for
6720 // the main executable and the second one 0. A reloc of the type
6721 // R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32 will be created for the second GOT entry and will
6722 // be applied by gold. GSYM is a global symbol.
6724 template<bool big_endian
>
6726 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
6727 unsigned int got_type
,
6730 if (gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
))
6733 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
6735 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
6736 gsym
->set_got_offset(got_type
, got_offset
);
6737 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
6738 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
6739 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
6743 // Same as the above but for a local symbol.
6745 template<bool big_endian
>
6747 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(
6748 unsigned int got_type
,
6749 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
6752 if (object
->local_has_got_offset(index
, got_type
))
6755 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
6757 unsigned int got_offset
= this->add_constant(1);
6758 object
->set_local_got_offset(index
, got_type
, got_offset
);
6759 got_offset
= this->add_constant(0);
6760 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
6761 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
,
6765 template<bool big_endian
>
6767 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
6769 // Call parent to write out GOT.
6770 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>::do_write(of
);
6772 // We are done if there is no fix up.
6773 if (this->static_relocs_
.empty())
6776 gold_assert(parameters
->doing_static_link());
6778 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
6779 const section_size_type oview_size
=
6780 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6781 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
6783 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= this->layout_
->tls_segment();
6784 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
6786 // The thread pointer $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the
6787 // TLS. So we need to adjust $tp relative addressing by this amount.
6788 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
6789 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
6791 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< this->static_relocs_
.size(); ++i
)
6793 Static_reloc
& reloc(this->static_relocs_
[i
]);
6796 if (!reloc
.symbol_is_global())
6798 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= reloc
.relobj();
6799 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
=
6800 reloc
.relobj()->local_symbol(reloc
.index());
6802 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
6803 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
6805 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
6806 if ((shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
6808 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
6809 && !object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
6810 && !this->symbol_table_
->is_section_folded(object
, shndx
)))
6812 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
6813 " object %s in GOT"),
6814 reloc
.index(), reloc
.relobj()->name().c_str());
6818 value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
6822 const Symbol
* gsym
= reloc
.symbol();
6823 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
6824 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
6825 gsym
= this->symbol_table_
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
6827 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
6828 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
6829 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
6830 if ((gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
6831 || gsym
->is_undefined())
6832 && !gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
6834 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
6839 if (!gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
6841 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
=
6842 static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
6843 value
= sym
->value();
6849 unsigned got_offset
= reloc
.got_offset();
6850 gold_assert(got_offset
< oview_size
);
6852 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6853 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
+ got_offset
);
6855 switch (reloc
.r_type())
6857 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
6860 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
6861 x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_size
;
6866 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
6869 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
6872 // A class to handle the PLT data.
6874 template<bool big_endian
>
6875 class Output_data_plt_arm
: public Output_section_data
6878 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
6881 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
*, Output_data_space
*);
6883 // Add an entry to the PLT.
6885 add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
);
6887 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
6888 const Reloc_section
*
6890 { return this->rel_
; }
6894 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
);
6896 // Write to a map file.
6898 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
6899 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
6902 // Template for the first PLT entry.
6903 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry
[5];
6905 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
6906 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[3];
6908 // Set the final size.
6910 set_final_data_size()
6912 this->set_data_size(sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
6913 + this->count_
* sizeof(plt_entry
));
6916 // Write out the PLT data.
6918 do_write(Output_file
*);
6920 // The reloc section.
6921 Reloc_section
* rel_
;
6922 // The .got.plt section.
6923 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
6924 // The number of PLT entries.
6925 unsigned int count_
;
6928 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
6929 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
6930 // section just for PLT entries.
6932 template<bool big_endian
>
6933 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
* layout
,
6934 Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
6935 : Output_section_data(4), got_plt_(got_plt
), count_(0)
6937 this->rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
6938 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
6939 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_
, true, false,
6943 template<bool big_endian
>
6945 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
6950 // Add an entry to the PLT.
6952 template<bool big_endian
>
6954 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
)
6956 gold_assert(!gsym
->has_plt_offset());
6958 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
6959 // reserved PLT entry.
6960 gsym
->set_plt_offset((this->count_
) * sizeof(plt_entry
)
6961 + sizeof(first_plt_entry
));
6965 section_offset_type got_offset
= this->got_plt_
->current_data_size();
6967 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
6968 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
6969 // lazily when the function is called).
6970 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ 4);
6972 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
6973 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
6974 this->rel_
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
, this->got_plt_
,
6977 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
6978 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
6979 // appear in the relocations.
6983 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
6984 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
6985 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
6987 // The first entry in the PLT.
6988 template<bool big_endian
>
6989 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry
[5] =
6991 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
6992 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
6993 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
6994 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
6995 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
6998 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
7000 template<bool big_endian
>
7001 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry
[3] =
7003 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
7004 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
7005 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
7008 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
7009 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
7010 // Processor Supplement.
7012 template<bool big_endian
>
7014 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7016 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
7017 const section_size_type oview_size
=
7018 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7019 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
7021 const off_t got_file_offset
= this->got_plt_
->offset();
7022 const section_size_type got_size
=
7023 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_
->data_size());
7024 unsigned char* const got_view
= of
->get_output_view(got_file_offset
,
7026 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
7028 Arm_address plt_address
= this->address();
7029 Arm_address got_address
= this->got_plt_
->address();
7031 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
7032 const size_t num_first_plt_words
= (sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
7033 / sizeof(plt_entry
[0]));
7034 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< num_first_plt_words
- 1; i
++)
7035 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ i
* 4, first_plt_entry
[i
]);
7036 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
7037 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 16,
7038 got_address
- (plt_address
+ 16));
7039 pov
+= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
7041 unsigned char* got_pov
= got_view
;
7043 memset(got_pov
, 0, 12);
7046 const int rel_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
7047 unsigned int plt_offset
= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
7048 unsigned int plt_rel_offset
= 0;
7049 unsigned int got_offset
= 12;
7050 const unsigned int count
= this->count_
;
7051 for (unsigned int i
= 0;
7054 pov
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
7056 plt_offset
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
7057 plt_rel_offset
+= rel_size
,
7060 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
7061 int32_t offset
= ((got_address
+ got_offset
)
7062 - (plt_address
+ plt_offset
+ 8));
7064 gold_assert(offset
>= 0 && offset
< 0x0fffffff);
7065 uint32_t plt_insn0
= plt_entry
[0] | ((offset
>> 20) & 0xff);
7066 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt_insn0
);
7067 uint32_t plt_insn1
= plt_entry
[1] | ((offset
>> 12) & 0xff);
7068 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, plt_insn1
);
7069 uint32_t plt_insn2
= plt_entry
[2] | (offset
& 0xfff);
7070 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8, plt_insn2
);
7072 // Set the entry in the GOT.
7073 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(got_pov
, plt_address
);
7076 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- oview
) == oview_size
);
7077 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(got_pov
- got_view
) == got_size
);
7079 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7080 of
->write_output_view(got_file_offset
, got_size
, got_view
);
7083 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
7085 template<bool big_endian
>
7087 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
7090 if (gsym
->has_plt_offset())
7093 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7095 // Create the GOT sections first.
7096 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7098 this->plt_
= new Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>(layout
, this->got_plt_
);
7099 layout
->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7101 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
7102 this->plt_
, false, false, false, false);
7104 this->plt_
->add_entry(gsym
);
7107 // Get the section to use for TLS_DESC relocations.
7109 template<bool big_endian
>
7110 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
7111 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_tls_desc_section(Layout
* layout
) const
7113 return this->plt_section()->rel_tls_desc(layout
);
7116 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
7118 template<bool big_endian
>
7120 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::define_tls_base_symbol(
7121 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7124 if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
)
7127 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= layout
->tls_segment();
7128 if (tls_segment
!= NULL
)
7130 bool is_exec
= parameters
->options().output_is_executable();
7131 symtab
->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL
,
7132 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7136 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
7138 ? Symbol::SEGMENT_END
7139 : Symbol::SEGMENT_START
),
7142 this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
= true;
7145 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
7147 template<bool big_endian
>
7149 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_mod_index_entry(
7150 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7152 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
)
7154 if (this->got_mod_index_offset_
== -1U)
7156 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
&& object
!= NULL
);
7157 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
= this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7158 unsigned int got_offset
;
7159 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7161 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
7162 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= this->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7163 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, 0, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, got
,
7168 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
7170 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(1);
7173 got
->add_constant(0);
7174 this->got_mod_index_offset_
= got_offset
;
7176 return this->got_mod_index_offset_
;
7179 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
7180 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
7181 // known at link time.
7183 template<bool big_endian
>
7184 tls::Tls_optimization
7185 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
7187 // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
7188 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
7191 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
7193 template<bool big_endian
>
7195 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
7196 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7197 unsigned int r_type
)
7199 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
7200 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7203 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
7204 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
7205 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
7206 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
7207 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
7208 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
7209 // error even if the section is not read-only.
7211 template<bool big_endian
>
7213 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj
* object
,
7214 unsigned int r_type
)
7218 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
7219 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7220 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7221 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7222 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7223 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7224 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7225 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7226 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
7228 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
7229 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
7230 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
7235 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
7236 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
7237 // error per object file.
7238 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_
)
7240 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
7241 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
7242 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
7243 object
->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc %s; "
7244 "recompile with -fPIC"),
7245 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
7246 this->issued_non_pic_error_
= true;
7250 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7255 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
7256 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
7257 // on ARM v5te devices.
7259 template<bool big_endian
>
7261 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7264 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7265 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7266 Output_section
* output_section
,
7267 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7268 unsigned int r_type
,
7269 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
)
7271 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7274 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7275 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7276 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7277 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7280 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7281 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7282 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7283 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7284 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
7285 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
7286 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
7287 // relocate it easily.
7288 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7290 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7291 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7292 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
7293 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
7294 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7295 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7296 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7300 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7301 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7302 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7303 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7304 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7305 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7306 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7307 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7308 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7309 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
7310 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
7311 // this location. Because the addend needs to remain in the
7312 // data section, we need to be careful not to apply this
7313 // relocation statically.
7314 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7316 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7317 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7318 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7319 if (lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
)
7320 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, r_type
, output_section
,
7321 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7324 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_value() == 0);
7325 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7327 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
,
7330 object
->error(_("section symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7333 rel_dyn
->add_local_section(object
, shndx
,
7334 r_type
, output_section
,
7335 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7340 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7341 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7342 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7343 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7344 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7345 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7346 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7347 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7348 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7349 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7350 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7351 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7352 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7353 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7354 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7355 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7356 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7357 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7358 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7359 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7360 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7361 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7362 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7363 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7364 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7365 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7366 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7367 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7368 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7369 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7370 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7371 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7372 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7373 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7374 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7375 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7376 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7377 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7378 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7379 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7380 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7381 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7382 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7383 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7384 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7385 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7386 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7387 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7388 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7389 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7390 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7391 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7392 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7393 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7394 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7395 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7396 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7397 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7398 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7399 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7400 // We don't need to do anything for a relative addressing relocation
7401 // against a local symbol if it does not reference the GOT.
7404 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7405 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7406 // We need a GOT section:
7407 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7410 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7411 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7413 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7414 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
7415 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7416 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7417 if (got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
7419 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
7420 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
7421 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
7423 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7424 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7425 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(
7426 object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
7427 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7433 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7434 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7435 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7437 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7438 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7439 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7440 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7441 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7442 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7443 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7444 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7448 // These are initial TLS relocs, which are expected when
7450 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7451 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7452 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7453 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7454 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7456 bool output_is_shared
= parameters
->options().shared();
7457 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7458 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(!output_is_shared
,
7462 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7463 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7465 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7466 // dtv-relative offset.
7467 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7468 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7469 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7470 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
7472 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
, &is_ordinary
);
7475 object
->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
7480 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7481 got
->add_local_pair_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, shndx
,
7483 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7484 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
, 0);
7486 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
7490 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7494 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7495 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7497 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
7498 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
7501 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7505 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7508 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7509 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7510 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7512 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
7513 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7514 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7515 unsigned int r_sym
=
7516 elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7517 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7518 got
->add_local_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
7519 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7520 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
7521 else if (!object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
7522 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
7524 got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7525 unsigned int got_offset
=
7526 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7527 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
7528 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, object
,
7533 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7537 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7538 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7539 if (output_is_shared
)
7541 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
7542 gold_assert(lsym
.get_st_type() != elfcpp::STT_SECTION
);
7543 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
7544 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7545 rel_dyn
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
7546 output_section
, data_shndx
,
7547 reloc
.get_r_offset());
7558 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
7563 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
7565 template<bool big_endian
>
7567 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
7568 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7569 unsigned int r_type
,
7572 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
7573 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
7576 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
7578 template<bool big_endian
>
7580 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7583 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7584 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7585 Output_section
* output_section
,
7586 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
7587 unsigned int r_type
,
7590 // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
7591 // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
7592 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
7593 if (!target
->has_got_section()
7594 && strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
7595 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7597 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7600 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7601 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7602 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7603 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7606 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7607 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7611 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7612 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7613 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7614 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7615 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7616 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7617 // Absolute addressing relocations.
7619 // Make a PLT entry if necessary.
7620 if (this->symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym
))
7622 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
7623 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
7624 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
7625 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
7627 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters
->options().shared())
7628 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
7630 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
7631 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
))
7633 if (gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
7635 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
7636 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
7638 else if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
7639 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
)
7640 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
7642 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7643 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
7644 output_section
, object
,
7645 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7649 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7650 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7651 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
7652 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7658 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7659 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF12
:
7660 // We need a GOT section.
7661 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7664 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7665 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7666 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
7667 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
7668 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7669 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
7670 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
7671 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
7672 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7673 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7674 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7675 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7676 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
7677 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
7678 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32_NOI
:
7679 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7680 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7681 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7682 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7683 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7685 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7686 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7687 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7688 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7689 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7690 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7691 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7692 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7693 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7694 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7695 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7696 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7697 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7698 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7699 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7700 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7701 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7702 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7703 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7704 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7705 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7706 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7707 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7708 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7709 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7710 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7711 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7712 // Relative addressing relocations.
7714 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
7715 int flags
= Symbol::NON_PIC_REF
;
7716 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(flags
))
7718 if (target
->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym
))
7720 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
7721 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
7725 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
7726 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7727 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
7728 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7734 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
7735 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7736 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7737 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7738 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7739 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7740 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
7741 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7742 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7743 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7744 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7745 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7746 // All the relocation above are branches except for the PREL31 ones.
7747 // A PREL31 relocation can point to a personality function in a shared
7748 // library. In that case we want to use a PLT because we want to
7749 // call the personality routine and the dyanmic linkers we care about
7750 // do not support dynamic PREL31 relocations. An REL31 relocation may
7751 // point to a function whose unwinding behaviour is being described but
7752 // we will not mistakenly generate a PLT for that because we should use
7753 // a local section symbol.
7755 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
7756 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
7757 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
7759 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
7760 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
7762 if (gsym
->is_defined()
7763 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
7764 && !gsym
->is_preemptible())
7766 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
7769 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7770 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
7771 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7773 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
7774 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
=
7775 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7776 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
7777 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
7780 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
7781 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
7782 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7783 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
7784 || gsym
->is_undefined()
7785 || gsym
->is_preemptible())
7786 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
7787 rel_dyn
, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
);
7790 if (got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
7791 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(
7792 gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
7793 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7799 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7800 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
7801 // These should have been mapped to other types already.
7803 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7804 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7805 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7806 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7807 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7808 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7809 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7810 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7813 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
7815 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7816 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7817 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7818 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7819 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7821 const bool is_final
= gsym
->final_value_is_known();
7822 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
7823 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
7826 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
7827 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7829 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
7830 // dtv-relative offset.
7831 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7832 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7833 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7834 got
->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
7835 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7836 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
7837 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
);
7839 got
->add_tls_gd32_with_static_reloc(GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
, gsym
);
7842 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7846 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
7847 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7849 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
7850 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
7853 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7857 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
7860 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
7861 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7862 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7864 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
7865 Arm_output_data_got
<big_endian
>* got
7866 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7867 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
7868 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
7869 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
7870 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
);
7871 else if (!gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
7873 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7874 unsigned int got_offset
=
7875 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
7876 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
7877 elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
, gsym
);
7881 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
7885 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
7886 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
7887 if (parameters
->options().shared())
7889 // We need to create a dynamic relocation.
7890 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
7891 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
,
7892 output_section
, object
,
7893 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
7904 unsupported_reloc_global(object
, r_type
, gsym
);
7909 // Process relocations for gc.
7911 template<bool big_endian
>
7913 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7915 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7916 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7918 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7920 Output_section
* output_section
,
7921 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7922 size_t local_symbol_count
,
7923 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
7925 typedef Target_arm
<big_endian
> Arm
;
7926 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
7928 gold::gc_process_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
7937 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7942 // Scan relocations for a section.
7944 template<bool big_endian
>
7946 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7948 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7949 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7950 unsigned int sh_type
,
7951 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7953 Output_section
* output_section
,
7954 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7955 size_t local_symbol_count
,
7956 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
7958 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
7959 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
7961 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
7962 object
->name().c_str());
7966 gold::scan_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
7975 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7980 // Finalize the sections.
7982 template<bool big_endian
>
7984 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_finalize_sections(
7986 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
7987 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
7989 // Create an empty uninitialized attribute section if we still don't have it
7991 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
7992 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(NULL
, 0);
7994 // Merge processor-specific flags.
7995 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
7996 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
7999 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
8000 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
8001 if (arm_relobj
->merge_flags_and_attributes())
8003 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8005 arm_relobj
->processor_specific_flags());
8006 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj
->name().c_str(),
8007 arm_relobj
->attributes_section_data());
8011 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->dynobj_begin();
8012 p
!= input_objects
->dynobj_end();
8015 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>* arm_dynobj
=
8016 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_dynobj(*p
);
8017 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
8019 arm_dynobj
->processor_specific_flags());
8020 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj
->name().c_str(),
8021 arm_dynobj
->attributes_section_data());
8025 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_attr
=
8026 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
8027 if (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() > elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
)
8028 this->set_may_use_blx(true);
8030 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
8031 if (parameters
->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
8032 this->fix_cortex_a8_
= parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a8();
8035 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
8036 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
8038 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_profile_attr
=
8039 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
8040 this->fix_cortex_a8_
=
8041 (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
8042 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 'A'
8043 || cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 0));
8046 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
8047 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
8048 // which is not specified for some profiles.
8049 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
8050 && !this->may_use_blx())
8051 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
8052 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
8054 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
8055 const Reloc_section
* rel_plt
= (this->plt_
== NULL
8057 : this->plt_
->rel_plt());
8058 layout
->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_
, rel_plt
,
8059 this->rel_dyn_
, true, false);
8061 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
8063 if (this->copy_relocs_
.any_saved_relocs())
8064 this->copy_relocs_
.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
8066 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
8067 Output_section
* exidx_section
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
8068 if (exidx_section
!= NULL
8069 && exidx_section
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
8070 && !parameters
->options().relocatable())
8072 // Create __exidx_start and __exdix_end symbols.
8073 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start", NULL
,
8074 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8075 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8076 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8078 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end", NULL
,
8079 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8080 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
8081 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
8084 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
8085 // the .ARM.exidx section.
8086 if (!layout
->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
8088 gold_assert(layout
->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, 0, 0)
8090 Output_segment
* exidx_segment
=
8091 layout
->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, elfcpp::PF_R
);
8092 exidx_segment
->add_output_section(exidx_section
, elfcpp::PF_R
,
8097 // Create an .ARM.attributes section unless we have no regular input
8098 // object. In that case the output will be empty.
8099 if (input_objects
->number_of_relobjs() != 0)
8101 Output_attributes_section_data
* attributes_section
=
8102 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_
);
8103 layout
->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
8104 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
, 0,
8105 attributes_section
, false, false, false,
8110 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
8111 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
8112 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
8113 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
8114 // apply the static relocation.
8116 template<bool big_endian
>
8118 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
8119 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8122 Output_section
* output_section
)
8124 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
8125 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
8127 if ((output_section
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
8130 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
8131 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
8132 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
8133 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
8135 return !(parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
8136 && (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8139 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
8140 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
8141 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
8143 bool has_dyn
= gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags
);
8144 bool is_rel
= (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
8145 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
8146 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
);
8147 return !has_dyn
|| is_rel
;
8150 // Perform a relocation.
8152 template<bool big_endian
>
8154 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate(
8155 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8157 Output_section
*output_section
,
8159 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8160 unsigned int r_type
,
8161 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8162 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8163 unsigned char* view
,
8164 Arm_address address
,
8165 section_size_type view_size
)
8167 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> Arm_relocate_functions
;
8169 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8170 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
8171 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8172 if (reloc_property
== NULL
)
8174 std::string reloc_name
=
8175 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8176 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8177 _("cannot relocate %s in object file"),
8178 reloc_name
.c_str());
8182 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
8183 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
8185 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
8186 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
8187 Arm_address thumb_bit
= 0;
8188 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
8189 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= false;
8190 if (relnum
!= Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fake_relnum_for_stubs
)
8194 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
8195 // final target is THUMB.
8196 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
8198 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
8199 symval
.set_output_value(target
->plt_section()->address()
8200 + gsym
->plt_offset());
8203 else if (gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
8205 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
8206 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
8207 // be converted into an NOP.
8208 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= true;
8212 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
8213 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
8214 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
8216 (((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
8217 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
8218 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
8219 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0)))
8226 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
8227 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
8228 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= rel
.get_r_info();
8229 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
8230 thumb_bit
= object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
8235 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
8236 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
8237 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
8238 thumb_bit
= ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0);
8241 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
8243 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
8244 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
8246 Arm_address stripped_value
=
8247 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
8248 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
8252 // Get the GOT offset if needed.
8253 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
8254 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
8255 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
8256 bool have_got_offset
= false;
8257 unsigned int got_offset
= 0;
8260 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8261 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8264 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8265 got_offset
= (gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8266 - target
->got_size());
8270 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8271 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
8272 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
8273 - target
->got_size());
8275 have_got_offset
= true;
8282 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
8284 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8286 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
8287 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
8288 Arm_address sym_origin
= 0;
8289 if (reloc_property
->uses_symbol_base())
8291 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
&& gsym
== NULL
)
8292 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
8293 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
8294 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
8295 sym_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8296 else if (gsym
== NULL
)
8298 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT
)
8299 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_segment()->vaddr();
8300 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA
)
8301 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_data()->address();
8303 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
8304 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
8305 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
8308 // For relative addressing relocation, find out the relative address base.
8309 Arm_address relative_address_base
= 0;
8310 switch(reloc_property
->relative_address_base())
8312 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_NONE
:
8313 // Relocations with relative address bases RAB_TLS and RAB_tp are
8314 // handled by relocate_tls. So we do not need to do anything here.
8315 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_TLS
:
8316 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_tp
:
8318 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_B_S
:
8319 relative_address_base
= sym_origin
;
8321 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_GOT_ORG
:
8322 relative_address_base
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8324 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_P
:
8325 relative_address_base
= address
;
8327 case Arm_reloc_property::RAB_Pa
:
8328 relative_address_base
= address
& 0xfffffffcU
;
8334 typename
Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status
=
8335 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
;
8336 bool check_overflow
= reloc_property
->checks_overflow();
8339 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
8342 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
8343 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8345 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view
, object
, psymval
);
8348 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
8349 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8351 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view
, object
, psymval
);
8354 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
8355 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8357 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view
, object
, psymval
);
8360 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
8361 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
8363 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8367 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
8368 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
8370 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
8371 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8375 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8376 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8378 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8383 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
8384 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8386 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
, 0);
8389 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8390 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8392 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8393 0, thumb_bit
, false);
8396 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
8397 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8399 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
,
8403 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8404 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8405 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
8407 Arm_relocate_functions::movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8408 relative_address_base
, thumb_bit
,
8412 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
8413 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
8415 Arm_relocate_functions::movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
8416 relative_address_base
);
8419 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8420 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8421 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
8423 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw(view
, object
, psymval
,
8424 relative_address_base
,
8425 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
8428 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
8429 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
8431 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt(view
, object
, psymval
,
8432 relative_address_base
);
8435 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
8436 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8437 address
, thumb_bit
);
8440 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
8441 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8443 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view
, object
, psymval
);
8446 // Thumb long branches.
8447 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8448 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
8449 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8451 Arm_relocate_functions::thumb_branch_common(
8452 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
8453 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
8456 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
8458 Arm_address got_origin
;
8459 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8460 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
8461 got_origin
, thumb_bit
);
8465 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
8466 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
8468 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view
, sym_origin
, address
);
8471 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
8473 if (!should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
8477 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view
, sym_origin
);
8481 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
8482 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
8483 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view
, got_offset
);
8486 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
8487 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
8488 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
8489 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
8490 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
8491 Arm_address got_origin
;
8492 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
8493 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view
,
8494 got_origin
+ got_offset
,
8498 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8499 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8500 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8501 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
8502 gold_assert(gsym
== NULL
8503 || gsym
->has_plt_offset()
8504 || gsym
->final_value_is_known()
8505 || (gsym
->is_defined()
8506 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
8507 && !gsym
->is_preemptible()));
8509 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_branch_common(
8510 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
8511 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
8514 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8516 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
8520 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
8522 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8525 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
8527 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8530 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
8532 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8535 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8536 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view
, object
, psymval
,
8537 address
, thumb_bit
);
8540 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
8541 if (target
->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE
)
8543 const bool is_v4bx_interworking
=
8544 (target
->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
);
8546 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo
, view
, object
, address
,
8547 is_v4bx_interworking
);
8551 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC8
:
8553 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8556 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_PC12
:
8558 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_pc12(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
8561 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
8563 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_alu11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
8567 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
8568 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
8569 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
8570 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
8571 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
8572 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
8573 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
8574 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
8575 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
8576 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
8578 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
,
8579 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8580 relative_address_base
,
8581 thumb_bit
, check_overflow
);
8584 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
8585 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
8586 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
8587 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
8588 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
8589 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
8591 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
,
8592 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8593 relative_address_base
);
8596 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
8597 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
8598 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
8599 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
8600 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
8601 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
8603 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
,
8604 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8605 relative_address_base
);
8608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
8609 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
8610 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
8611 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
8612 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
8613 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
8615 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
,
8616 reloc_property
->group_index(),
8617 relative_address_base
);
8620 // These are initial tls relocs, which are expected when
8622 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8623 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8624 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8625 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8626 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8628 this->relocate_tls(relinfo
, target
, relnum
, rel
, r_type
, gsym
, psymval
,
8629 view
, address
, view_size
);
8636 // Report any errors.
8637 switch (reloc_status
)
8639 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
:
8641 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
8642 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8643 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
8644 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
8646 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
8647 gold_error_at_location(
8651 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
8652 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
8661 // Perform a TLS relocation.
8663 template<bool big_endian
>
8664 inline typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
8665 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
8666 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8667 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
8669 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
8670 unsigned int r_type
,
8671 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
8672 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
8673 unsigned char* view
,
8674 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr address
,
8675 section_size_type
/*view_size*/ )
8677 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> ArmRelocFuncs
;
8678 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
8679 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
8681 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
= relinfo
->object
;
8683 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
8685 const bool is_final
= (gsym
== NULL
8686 ? !parameters
->options().shared()
8687 : gsym
->final_value_is_known());
8688 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
8689 = Target_arm
<big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
8692 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
: // Global-dynamic
8694 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
;
8695 unsigned int got_offset
;
8698 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
8699 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
) - target
->got_size();
8703 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8704 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
8705 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
)
8706 - target
->got_size());
8708 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8710 Arm_address got_entry
=
8711 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
8713 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
8715 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
8716 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8721 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
: // Local-dynamic
8722 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8724 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
8725 // the module index.
8726 unsigned int got_offset
;
8727 got_offset
= (target
->got_mod_index_entry(NULL
, NULL
, NULL
)
8728 - target
->got_size());
8729 Arm_address got_entry
=
8730 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
8732 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the pair of
8734 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
8735 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8739 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDO32
: // Alternate local-dynamic
8740 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
);
8741 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8743 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
: // Initial-exec
8744 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
8746 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
8747 // the tp-relative offset of the symbol.
8748 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
;
8749 unsigned int got_offset
;
8752 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(got_type
));
8753 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(got_type
);
8757 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
8758 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
));
8759 got_offset
= object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, got_type
);
8762 // All GOT offsets are relative to the end of the GOT.
8763 got_offset
-= target
->got_size();
8765 Arm_address got_entry
=
8766 target
->got_plt_section()->address() + got_offset
;
8768 // Relocate the field with the PC relative offset of the GOT entry.
8769 RelocFuncs::pcrel32(view
, got_entry
, address
);
8770 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8774 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LE32
: // Local-exec
8775 // If we're creating a shared library, a dynamic relocation will
8776 // have been created for this location, so do not apply it now.
8777 if (!parameters
->options().shared())
8779 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
8781 // $tp points to the TCB, which is followed by the TLS, so we
8782 // need to add TCB size to the offset.
8783 Arm_address aligned_tcb_size
=
8784 align_address(ARM_TCB_SIZE
, tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
8785 RelocFuncs::rel32(view
, value
+ aligned_tcb_size
);
8788 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8794 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
8795 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
8797 return ArmRelocFuncs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
8800 // Relocate section data.
8802 template<bool big_endian
>
8804 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_section(
8805 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8806 unsigned int sh_type
,
8807 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8809 Output_section
* output_section
,
8810 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8811 unsigned char* view
,
8812 Arm_address address
,
8813 section_size_type view_size
,
8814 const Reloc_symbol_changes
* reloc_symbol_changes
)
8816 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Arm_relocate
;
8817 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8819 // See if we are relocating a relaxed input section. If so, the view
8820 // covers the whole output section and we need to adjust accordingly.
8821 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
8823 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
8824 output_section
->find_relaxed_input_section(relinfo
->object
,
8825 relinfo
->data_shndx
);
8828 Arm_address section_address
= poris
->address();
8829 section_size_type section_size
= poris
->data_size();
8831 gold_assert((section_address
>= address
)
8832 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
8833 <= (address
+ view_size
)));
8835 off_t offset
= section_address
- address
;
8838 view_size
= section_size
;
8842 gold::relocate_section
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
8849 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8853 reloc_symbol_changes
);
8856 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
8859 template<bool big_endian
>
8861 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
8862 unsigned int r_type
,
8865 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
8866 const Arm_reloc_property
* arp
=
8867 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
8872 std::string reloc_name
=
8873 arm_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
8874 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected %s in object file"),
8875 object
->name().c_str(), reloc_name
.c_str());
8880 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
8882 template<bool big_endian
>
8884 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
8885 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8887 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
8888 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8889 unsigned int sh_type
,
8890 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8892 Output_section
* output_section
,
8893 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8894 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8895 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
8896 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
8898 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8900 typedef gold::Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
8901 Relocatable_size_for_reloc
> Scan_relocatable_relocs
;
8903 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
8904 Scan_relocatable_relocs
>(
8912 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8918 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
8920 template<bool big_endian
>
8922 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_for_relocatable(
8923 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8924 unsigned int sh_type
,
8925 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8927 Output_section
* output_section
,
8928 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
8929 const Relocatable_relocs
* rr
,
8930 unsigned char* view
,
8931 Arm_address view_address
,
8932 section_size_type view_size
,
8933 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
8934 section_size_type reloc_view_size
)
8936 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8938 gold::relocate_for_relocatable
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
8943 offset_in_output_section
,
8952 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
8953 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
8954 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
8955 // processor specific ABI supplement.
8957 template<bool big_endian
>
8959 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
8961 gold_assert(gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && gsym
->has_plt_offset());
8962 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym
->plt_offset();
8965 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
8967 template<bool big_endian
>
8969 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_real_reloc_type (unsigned int r_type
)
8973 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
8974 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
8975 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
;
8977 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
8978 // This can be any reloc type but ususally is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
8979 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
;
8986 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
8988 template<bool big_endian
>
8990 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
8991 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
,
8992 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
)
8994 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
8995 // so allow mixing them.
8996 if ((v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
)
8997 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
))
9003 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
9004 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
9005 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
9006 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9008 template<bool big_endian
>
9010 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
9011 const std::string
& name
,
9012 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
)
9014 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
9016 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
9018 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
9019 if (flags
== out_flags
)
9022 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
9023 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags
);
9024 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags
);
9025 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1
, version2
)
9026 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9027 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
9028 "EABI version %d."),
9030 (flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24,
9031 (out_flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24);
9035 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
9036 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
9037 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
9038 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
9039 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
9040 // to the default values.
9044 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
9045 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
9046 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
);
9050 // Adjust ELF file header.
9051 template<bool big_endian
>
9053 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_elf_header(
9054 unsigned char* view
,
9057 gold_assert(len
== elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
);
9059 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(view
);
9060 unsigned char e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
];
9061 memcpy(e_ident
, ehdr
.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
);
9063 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(this->processor_specific_flags())
9064 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
9065 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM
;
9067 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = 0;
9068 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION
] = 0;
9070 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
9072 elfcpp::Ehdr_write
<32, big_endian
> oehdr(view
);
9073 oehdr
.put_e_ident(e_ident
);
9076 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
9077 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>
9078 // to store ARM specific information. Hence we need to have our own
9079 // ELF object creation.
9081 template<bool big_endian
>
9083 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
9084 const std::string
& name
,
9085 Input_file
* input_file
,
9086 off_t offset
, const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
9088 int et
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
9089 if (et
== elfcpp::ET_REL
)
9091 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* obj
=
9092 new Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9096 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
9098 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>* obj
=
9099 new Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
9105 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
9111 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
9112 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
9113 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9115 template<bool big_endian
>
9117 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
9118 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
9120 const Object_attribute
*known_attributes
=
9121 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
9123 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9124 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9125 const std::string
& sv
=
9126 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].string_value();
9128 && sv
.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
9129 && (sv
.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
9130 return sv
.data()[1];
9132 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
9136 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
9137 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
9138 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9140 template<bool big_endian
>
9142 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
9143 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
,
9146 Object_attribute
*known_attributes
=
9147 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
9151 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value("");
9155 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
9156 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
9158 sv
[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
;
9159 gold_assert(arch
!= 0);
9163 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value(sv
);
9166 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
9168 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
9170 template<bool big_endian
>
9172 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
9175 int* secondary_compat_out
,
9177 int secondary_compat
)
9179 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
9180 static const int v6t2
[] =
9192 static const int v6k
[] =
9205 static const int v7
[] =
9219 static const int v6_m
[] =
9234 static const int v6s_m
[] =
9250 static const int v7e_m
[] =
9267 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m
[] =
9283 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
) // V4T plus V6_M.
9285 static const int *comb
[] =
9293 // Pseudo-architecture.
9297 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
9299 if (oldtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
|| newtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
)
9301 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name
);
9305 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
9307 if ((oldtag
== T(V6_M
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V4T
))
9308 || (oldtag
== T(V4T
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V6_M
)))
9309 oldtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
9311 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
9314 if ((newtag
== T(V6_M
) && secondary_compat
== T(V4T
))
9315 || (newtag
== T(V4T
) && secondary_compat
== T(V6_M
)))
9316 newtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
9318 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
9319 int tagh
= std::max(oldtag
, newtag
);
9320 if (tagh
<= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ
)
9323 int tagl
= std::min(oldtag
, newtag
);
9324 int result
= comb
[tagh
- T(V6T2
)][tagl
];
9326 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
9327 // as the canonical version.
9328 if (result
== T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
))
9331 *secondary_compat_out
= T(V6_M
);
9334 *secondary_compat_out
= -1;
9338 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
9339 name
, oldtag
, newtag
);
9347 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
9349 template<bool big_endian
>
9351 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value
)
9353 static const char *aeabi_enum_names
[] =
9354 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
9355 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size
=
9356 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
[0]);
9358 if (value
< aeabi_enum_names_size
)
9359 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names
[value
]);
9363 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown value %u>", value
);
9364 return std::string(buffer
);
9368 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
9370 template<bool big_endian
>
9372 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value
)
9374 static const char *name_table
[] = {
9375 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
9376 // that from the architecture version alone.
9392 const size_t name_table_size
= sizeof(name_table
) / sizeof(name_table
[0]);
9394 if (value
< name_table_size
)
9395 return std::string(name_table
[value
]);
9399 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value
);
9400 return std::string(buffer
);
9404 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
9405 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
9407 template<bool big_endian
>
9409 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_object_attributes(
9411 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
9413 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
9417 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
9418 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
9420 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(*pasd
);
9424 const int vendor
= Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
;
9425 const Object_attribute
* in_attr
= pasd
->known_attributes(vendor
);
9426 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
9427 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
9429 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
9430 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value()
9431 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value())
9433 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
9434 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() == 0)
9435 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].set_int_value(
9436 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value());
9437 else if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() != 0
9438 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9439 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
9443 for (int i
= 4; i
< Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES
; ++i
)
9445 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
9448 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
:
9449 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
:
9450 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
9453 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals
:
9454 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals
:
9455 // Use the first value seen.
9458 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
:
9460 unsigned int saved_out_attr
= out_attr
->int_value();
9461 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
9462 int secondary_compat
=
9463 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd
);
9464 int secondary_compat_out
=
9465 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
9466 this->attributes_section_data_
);
9467 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(
9468 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name
, out_attr
[i
].int_value(),
9469 &secondary_compat_out
,
9470 in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
9472 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_
,
9473 secondary_compat_out
);
9475 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
9476 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == saved_out_attr
)
9477 ; // Leave the names alone.
9478 else if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9480 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
9481 // input architecture. Use the input names.
9482 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(
9483 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value());
9484 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value(
9485 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].string_value());
9489 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value("");
9490 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value("");
9493 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
9494 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
9495 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value() == "")
9497 const std::string cpu_name
=
9498 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr
[i
].int_value());
9499 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
9500 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
9501 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
9502 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(cpu_name
);
9507 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use
:
9508 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use
:
9509 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch
:
9510 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch
:
9511 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
9512 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding
:
9513 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions
:
9514 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions
:
9515 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
:
9516 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension
:
9517 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access
:
9518 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use
:
9519 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use
:
9520 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
:
9521 // Use the largest value specified.
9522 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9523 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9526 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
:
9527 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data
:
9528 // Use the smallest value specified.
9529 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9530 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9533 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed
:
9534 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0)
9535 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value() == 0
9536 || (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value()
9539 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conformant
9540 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
9542 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
9546 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal
:
9547 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use
:
9549 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
9550 // 2 = weak requirement.
9551 static const int order_021
[3] = {0, 2, 1};
9553 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
9554 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
9555 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 2
9556 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9557 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
9558 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
9559 && (order_021
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()]
9560 > order_021
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()])))
9561 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9565 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
:
9566 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
9568 // 0 will merge with anything.
9569 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
9570 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
9571 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
9572 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
9573 || (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
9574 && (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
9575 || in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
9576 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9577 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
9578 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
9579 && (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
9580 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
9582 else if (parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9585 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
9586 in_attr
[i
].int_value() ? in_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0',
9587 out_attr
[i
].int_value() ? out_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0');
9591 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch
:
9608 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
9610 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 6
9611 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9613 *out_attr
= *in_attr
;
9616 // The output uses the superset of input features
9617 // (ISA version) and registers.
9618 int ver
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
,
9619 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
);
9620 int regs
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
,
9621 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
);
9622 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
9625 for (newval
= 6; newval
> 0; newval
--)
9627 if (regs
== vfp_versions
[newval
].regs
9628 && ver
== vfp_versions
[newval
].ver
)
9631 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(newval
);
9634 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config
:
9635 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0)
9636 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9637 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
9638 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
9639 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9641 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
9643 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name
);
9646 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
:
9647 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
9648 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
9649 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
9650 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9652 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name
);
9654 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
9655 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9657 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data
:
9658 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
9659 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
9660 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB
)
9661 && (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
9662 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
9663 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9665 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
9669 // Use the smallest value specified.
9670 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9671 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9673 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t
:
9674 // FIXME: Make it possible to turn off this warning.
9675 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value()
9676 && in_attr
[i
].int_value()
9677 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value()
9678 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9680 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
9681 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
9682 "across objects may fail"),
9683 name
, in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
9684 out_attr
[i
].int_value());
9686 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() && !out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9687 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9689 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size
:
9690 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
)
9692 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
9693 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
)
9695 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
9696 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
9697 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9699 // FIXME: Make it possible to turn off this warning.
9700 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
9701 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value()
9702 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9704 unsigned int in_value
= in_attr
[i
].int_value();
9705 unsigned int out_value
= out_attr
[i
].int_value();
9706 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
9707 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
9710 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value
).c_str(),
9711 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value
).c_str());
9715 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
:
9718 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args
:
9719 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
9720 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9722 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
9727 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
:
9728 // Merged in target-independent code.
9730 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use
:
9731 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
9732 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2)
9733 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1))
9734 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(3);
9735 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
9736 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9738 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format
:
9739 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
9741 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
9742 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9743 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
9746 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
9747 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
9750 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
:
9751 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
9752 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
9753 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
9756 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
:
9757 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
9759 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance
:
9760 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
9761 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
9762 if (in_attr
[i
].string_value() != out_attr
[i
].string_value())
9763 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
9768 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
9770 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
9771 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
9772 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
9773 || out_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
9774 err_object
= "output";
9775 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
9776 || in_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
9779 if (err_object
!= NULL
9780 && parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9782 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
9784 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
9788 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
9792 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
9793 if (!in_attr
[i
].matches(out_attr
[i
]))
9795 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(0);
9796 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
9801 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
9802 if (in_attr
[i
].type() && !out_attr
[i
].type())
9803 out_attr
[i
].set_type(in_attr
[i
].type());
9806 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
9807 this->attributes_section_data_
->merge(name
, pasd
);
9809 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
9810 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes
;
9811 const Other_attributes
* in_other_attributes
= pasd
->other_attributes(vendor
);
9812 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter
= in_other_attributes
->begin();
9813 Other_attributes
* out_other_attributes
=
9814 this->attributes_section_data_
->other_attributes(vendor
);
9815 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->begin();
9817 while (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
9818 || out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end())
9820 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
9823 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
9824 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
9825 if (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
9826 && (in_iter
== in_other_attributes
->end()
9827 || in_iter
->first
> out_iter
->first
))
9829 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
9830 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
9831 err_object
= "output";
9832 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9833 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9834 delete out_iter
->second
;
9835 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
9836 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
9838 else if (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
9839 && (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
9840 || in_iter
->first
< out_iter
->first
))
9842 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
9843 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
9845 err_tag
= in_iter
->first
;
9848 else // The tags are equal.
9850 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
9851 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
9852 err_object
= "output";
9853 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9855 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
9856 if (!in_iter
->second
->matches(*(out_iter
->second
)))
9858 // No match. Delete the attribute.
9859 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
9860 delete out_iter
->second
;
9861 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
9862 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
9866 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
9872 if (err_object
&& parameters
->options().warn_mismatch())
9874 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
9875 if ((err_tag
& 127) < 64)
9877 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
9878 err_object
, err_tag
);
9882 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
9883 err_object
, err_tag
);
9889 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
9891 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
9893 template<bool big_endian
>
9894 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
9895 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_arm_input_section(
9899 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
9901 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
9902 new Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>(relobj
, shndx
);
9903 arm_input_section
->init();
9905 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
9906 std::pair
<typename
Arm_input_section_map::iterator
, bool> ins
=
9907 this->arm_input_section_map_
.insert(std::make_pair(sid
, arm_input_section
));
9909 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
9910 // for this input section already.
9911 gold_assert(ins
.second
);
9913 return arm_input_section
;
9916 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
9917 // section of RELOBJ.
9919 template<bool big_endian
>
9920 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
9921 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::find_arm_input_section(
9923 unsigned int shndx
) const
9925 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
9926 typename
Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p
=
9927 this->arm_input_section_map_
.find(sid
);
9928 return (p
!= this->arm_input_section_map_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
9931 // Make a new stub table.
9933 template<bool big_endian
>
9934 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
9935 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
9937 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
9938 new Stub_table
<big_endian
>(owner
);
9939 this->stub_tables_
.push_back(stub_table
);
9941 stub_table
->set_address(owner
->address() + owner
->data_size());
9942 stub_table
->set_file_offset(owner
->offset() + owner
->data_size());
9943 stub_table
->finalize_data_size();
9948 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
9950 template<bool big_endian
>
9952 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
9953 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9954 unsigned int r_type
,
9955 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
9957 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
9958 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
,
9959 Arm_address address
)
9961 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Relocate
;
9963 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
9964 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
9966 bool target_is_thumb
;
9967 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
9970 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
9971 // final target is THUMB.
9972 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Relocate::reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
9974 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
9975 symval
.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
9976 + gsym
->plt_offset());
9978 target_is_thumb
= false;
9980 else if (gsym
->is_undefined())
9981 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
9986 ((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
9987 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
9988 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
9989 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0)));
9994 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
9995 target_is_thumb
= arm_relobj
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
);
9998 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
9999 const Arm_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
10000 arm_reloc_property_table
->get_implemented_static_reloc_property(r_type
);
10001 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
10002 if (target_is_thumb
10003 && reloc_property
->uses_thumb_bit()
10004 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0))
10006 Arm_address stripped_value
=
10007 psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
10008 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
10012 // Get the symbol value.
10013 Symbol_value
<32>::Value value
= psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0);
10015 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
10016 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
10017 Arm_address destination
;
10020 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
10021 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
10022 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
10024 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 8;
10026 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
10027 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
10028 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
10029 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
10031 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 4;
10034 gold_unreachable();
10037 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
10038 Stub_type stub_type
=
10039 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, destination
,
10041 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
10043 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
10044 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10045 arm_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
10046 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
10048 // Locate stub by destination.
10049 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, arm_relobj
, r_sym
, addend
);
10051 // Create a stub if there is not one already
10052 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
10055 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
10056 stub
= this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type
);
10057 stub_table
->add_reloc_stub(stub
, stub_key
);
10060 // Record the destination address.
10061 stub
->set_destination_address(destination
10062 | (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
10065 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
10066 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
10067 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
10068 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
10069 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10070 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
10071 && (address
& 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
)
10073 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
10074 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
10075 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
10076 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
[address
] =
10077 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub
, r_type
,
10078 destination
| (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
10082 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
10083 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
10084 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
10085 // specific part of a relocation.
10087 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
10088 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
10090 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
10091 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
10092 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
10093 // mapped to output offsets.
10095 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
10096 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
10097 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
10098 // the output section.
10100 template<bool big_endian
>
10101 template<int sh_type
>
10103 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
10104 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10105 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
10106 size_t reloc_count
,
10107 Output_section
* output_section
,
10108 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
10109 const unsigned char* view
,
10110 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
10113 typedef typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
10114 const int reloc_size
=
10115 Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::reloc_size
;
10117 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_object
=
10118 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
10119 unsigned int local_count
= arm_object
->local_symbol_count();
10121 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior
= CB_UNDETERMINED
;
10123 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
10125 Reltype
reloc(prelocs
);
10127 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
10128 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
10129 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
10131 r_type
= this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
10133 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
10134 if ((r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
10135 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
10136 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
10137 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
10138 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
10139 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
10140 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
)
10141 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
))
10144 section_offset_type offset
=
10145 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc
.get_r_offset());
10147 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
10149 offset
= output_section
->output_offset(relinfo
->object
,
10150 relinfo
->data_shndx
,
10156 // Create a v4bx stub if --fix-v4bx-interworking is used.
10157 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
)
10159 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
)
10161 // Get the BX instruction.
10162 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10163 const Valtype
* wv
=
10164 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ offset
);
10165 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword insn
=
10166 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10167 const uint32_t reg
= (insn
& 0xf);
10171 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
10172 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10173 arm_object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
10174 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
10176 if (stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
) == NULL
)
10178 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
10179 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
=
10180 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
10181 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
10182 stub_table
->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub
);
10190 Stub_addend_reader
<sh_type
, big_endian
> stub_addend_reader
;
10191 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
=
10192 stub_addend_reader(r_type
, view
+ offset
, reloc
);
10194 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
;
10196 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10197 const Symbol_value
<32> *psymval
;
10198 if (r_sym
< local_count
)
10201 psymval
= arm_object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
10203 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
10204 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
10205 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
10206 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
10207 // correspond to a section we are folding.
10209 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
10211 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
10212 && !arm_object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
10213 && !(relinfo
->symtab
->is_section_folded(arm_object
, shndx
)))
10215 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_UNDETERMINED
)
10218 arm_object
->section_name(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
10219 comdat_behavior
= get_comdat_behavior(name
.c_str());
10221 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_PRETEND
)
10224 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
=
10225 arm_object
->map_to_kept_section(shndx
, &found
);
10227 symval
.set_output_value(value
+ psymval
->input_value());
10229 symval
.set_output_value(0);
10233 symval
.set_output_value(0);
10235 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
10241 const Symbol
* gsym
= arm_object
->global_symbol(r_sym
);
10242 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
10243 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
10244 gsym
= relinfo
->symtab
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
10246 sym
= static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
10247 if (sym
->has_symtab_index())
10248 symval
.set_output_symtab_index(sym
->symtab_index());
10250 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
10252 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
10254 const Symbol_table
* symtab
= relinfo
->symtab
;
10255 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sized_symbol
=
10256 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(gsym
);
10257 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status
;
10258 Arm_address value
=
10259 symtab
->compute_final_value
<32>(sized_symbol
, &status
);
10261 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
10262 if (status
== Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION
)
10265 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
10269 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
10270 // destination. Give up.
10271 if (psymval
->is_section_symbol())
10274 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, sym
, r_sym
, psymval
,
10275 addend
, view_address
+ offset
);
10279 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
10281 template<bool big_endian
>
10283 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_stubs(
10284 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10285 unsigned int sh_type
,
10286 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
10287 size_t reloc_count
,
10288 Output_section
* output_section
,
10289 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
10290 const unsigned char* view
,
10291 Arm_address view_address
,
10292 section_size_type view_size
)
10294 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
10295 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
10300 needs_special_offset_handling
,
10304 else if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
10305 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
10307 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
>(
10312 needs_special_offset_handling
,
10317 gold_unreachable();
10320 // Group input sections for stub generation.
10322 // We goup input sections in an output sections so that the total size,
10323 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
10324 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
10325 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
10326 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
10327 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWATS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
10328 // extend the group after the stub table.
10330 template<bool big_endian
>
10332 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
10334 section_size_type group_size
,
10335 bool stubs_always_after_branch
)
10337 // Group input sections and insert stub table
10338 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
10339 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
10340 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
10341 p
!= section_list
.end();
10344 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* output_section
=
10345 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
10346 output_section
->group_sections(group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
,
10351 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
10353 template<bool big_endian
>
10355 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_relax(
10357 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
10358 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
10361 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
10362 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
10364 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
10366 bool done_exidx_fixup
= false;
10369 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
10370 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
10371 // is passed a negative value, we restict stubs to be always after
10372 // the stubbed branches.
10373 int32_t stub_group_size_param
=
10374 parameters
->options().stub_group_size();
10375 bool stubs_always_after_branch
= stub_group_size_param
< 0;
10376 section_size_type stub_group_size
= abs(stub_group_size_param
);
10378 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
10379 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
10380 // This is a crude way of enforcing that.
10381 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
10382 stubs_always_after_branch
= true;
10384 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
10387 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
10388 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
10389 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account). If we are
10390 // fixing cortex-a8 errata, the branch range has to be even smaller,
10391 // since wide conditional branch has a range of +-1MB only.
10393 // This value is 24K less than that, which allows for 2025
10394 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
10395 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
10397 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
10398 stub_group_size
= 1024276;
10400 stub_group_size
= 4170000;
10403 group_sections(layout
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
);
10405 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
10406 Output_section
* os
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
10407 if (os
!= NULL
&& os
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
10409 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_output_section
=
10410 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(os
);
10411 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, exidx_output_section
, symtab
);
10412 done_exidx_fixup
= true;
10416 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
10417 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
10418 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
10419 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
10420 // That would require more book-keeping.
10421 typedef typename
Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator
;
10422 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
10424 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
10425 for (typename
Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
10426 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.begin();
10427 p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end();
10430 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.clear();
10432 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
10433 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
10434 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
10436 (*sp
)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
10439 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
10440 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
10441 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
10444 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
10445 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
10446 arm_relobj
->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab
, layout
);
10449 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
10450 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
10452 bool any_stub_table_changed
= false;
10453 Unordered_set
<const Output_section
*> sections_needing_adjustment
;
10454 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
10455 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
10458 if ((*sp
)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
10460 // Update data size of stub table owner.
10461 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
10462 uint64_t address
= owner
->address();
10463 off_t offset
= owner
->offset();
10464 owner
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
10465 owner
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
10467 sections_needing_adjustment
.insert(owner
->output_section());
10468 any_stub_table_changed
= true;
10472 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
10473 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
10474 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
10476 for(Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
10477 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
10480 if (sections_needing_adjustment
.find(*p
)
10481 != sections_needing_adjustment
.end())
10482 (*p
)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
10485 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
10486 bool continue_relaxation
= done_exidx_fixup
|| any_stub_table_changed
;
10488 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
10489 if (!continue_relaxation
)
10491 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
10492 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
10494 (*sp
)->finalize_stubs();
10496 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
10497 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
10498 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
10501 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
10502 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
10504 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
10505 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
10507 if (arm_relobj
->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
10508 arm_relobj
->update_output_local_symbol_count();
10512 return continue_relaxation
;
10515 // Relocate a stub.
10517 template<bool big_endian
>
10519 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
10521 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
10522 Output_section
* output_section
,
10523 unsigned char* view
,
10524 Arm_address address
,
10525 section_size_type view_size
)
10528 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
10529 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->reloc_count(); i
++)
10531 size_t reloc_insn_index
= stub_template
->reloc_insn_index(i
);
10532 const Insn_template
* insn
= &stub_template
->insns()[reloc_insn_index
];
10534 unsigned int r_type
= insn
->r_type();
10535 section_size_type reloc_offset
= stub_template
->reloc_offset(i
);
10536 section_size_type reloc_size
= insn
->size();
10537 gold_assert(reloc_offset
+ reloc_size
<= view_size
);
10539 // This is the address of the stub destination.
10540 Arm_address target
= stub
->reloc_target(i
) + insn
->reloc_addend();
10541 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
10542 symval
.set_output_value(target
);
10544 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
10546 unsigned char reloc_buffer
[elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
];
10547 memset(reloc_buffer
, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer
));
10548 elfcpp::Rel_write
<32, big_endian
> reloc_write(reloc_buffer
);
10549 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(reloc_offset
);
10550 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(0, r_type
));
10551 elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> rel(reloc_buffer
);
10553 relocate
.relocate(relinfo
, this, output_section
,
10554 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs
, rel
, r_type
,
10555 NULL
, &symval
, view
+ reloc_offset
,
10556 address
+ reloc_offset
, reloc_size
);
10560 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
10563 template<bool big_endian
>
10565 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const
10567 if (tag
== Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
)
10568 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
10569 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
);
10570 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
10571 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
10572 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT
);
10573 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
|| tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
)
10574 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
;
10576 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
10578 return ((tag
& 1) != 0
10579 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
10580 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
);
10583 // Reorder attributes.
10585 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
10586 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
10587 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
10590 template<bool big_endian
>
10592 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attributes_order(int num
) const
10594 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
10595 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
10596 // and shift eveything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
10598 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance
;
10600 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
;
10601 if ((num
- 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
10603 if ((num
- 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance
)
10608 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
10610 template<bool big_endian
>
10612 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
10613 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
,
10614 unsigned int shndx
,
10615 section_size_type span_start
,
10616 section_size_type span_end
,
10617 const unsigned char* view
,
10618 Arm_address address
)
10620 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
10622 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
10623 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
10624 // first half of the branch.
10625 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
10626 // length non-branch instruction.
10627 section_size_type i
= span_start
;
10628 bool last_was_32bit
= false;
10629 bool last_was_branch
= false;
10630 while (i
< span_end
)
10632 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10633 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ i
);
10634 uint32_t insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10635 bool is_blx
= false, is_b
= false;
10636 bool is_bl
= false, is_bcc
= false;
10638 bool insn_32bit
= (insn
& 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn
& 0x1800) != 0x0000;
10641 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
10642 insn
= (insn
<< 16) | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
10644 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
10645 is_b
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0009000U
;
10646 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
10647 is_bl
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000d000U
;
10648 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
10649 is_blx
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000c000U
;
10650 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
10651 is_bcc
= ((insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0008000U
10652 && (insn
& 0x07f00000U
) != 0x03800000U
);
10655 bool is_32bit_branch
= is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
|| is_bcc
;
10657 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
10658 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
10659 // we need to work around.
10660 if (is_32bit_branch
10661 && ((address
+ i
) & 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
10663 && !last_was_branch
)
10665 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
10666 bool force_target_arm
= false;
10667 bool force_target_thumb
= false;
10668 const Cortex_a8_reloc
* cortex_a8_reloc
= NULL
;
10669 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
10670 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.find(address
+ i
);
10672 if (p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end())
10674 cortex_a8_reloc
= p
->second
;
10675 bool target_is_thumb
= (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() & 1) != 0;
10677 if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10678 && !target_is_thumb
)
10679 force_target_arm
= true;
10680 else if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
10681 && target_is_thumb
)
10682 force_target_thumb
= true;
10686 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
10688 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
10689 uint16_t upper_insn
= (insn
>> 16) & 0xffffU
;
10690 uint16_t lower_insn
= insn
& 0xffffU
;
10691 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
10693 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
10694 && cortex_a8_reloc
->reloc_stub() != NULL
)
10695 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
10696 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
10697 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
10698 // setting of always_after_branch above).
10702 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
10704 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
;
10706 else if (is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
)
10708 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
10713 stub_type
= (is_blx
10714 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
10716 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
10717 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
));
10720 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
10722 Arm_address pc_for_insn
= address
+ i
+ 4;
10724 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
10725 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
10726 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
10727 // BLX stub instead in that case.
10728 if (this->may_use_blx() && force_target_arm
10729 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
)
10731 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
;
10735 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
10736 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
10737 else if (force_target_thumb
10738 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
)
10740 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
;
10748 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
10749 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
10750 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
10751 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
)
10752 offset
= (off_t
) (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() - pc_for_insn
);
10754 Arm_address target
= (pc_for_insn
+ offset
) | (is_blx
? 0 : 1);
10756 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
10757 if (((address
+ i
) & ~0xfffU
) == (target
& ~0xfffU
))
10759 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
=
10760 this->stub_factory_
.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type
,
10764 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
10765 arm_relobj
->stub_table(shndx
);
10766 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
10767 stub_table
->add_cortex_a8_stub(address
+ i
, stub
);
10772 i
+= insn_32bit
? 4 : 2;
10773 last_was_32bit
= insn_32bit
;
10774 last_was_branch
= is_32bit_branch
;
10778 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
10780 template<bool big_endian
>
10782 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
10783 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
,
10784 Arm_address stub_address
,
10785 unsigned char* insn_view
,
10786 Arm_address insn_address
)
10788 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
10789 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(insn_view
);
10790 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
10791 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
10792 off_t branch_offset
= stub_address
- (insn_address
+ 4);
10794 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
10795 switch (stub
->stub_template()->type())
10797 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
:
10798 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
));
10799 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
,
10801 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
,
10805 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
:
10806 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
:
10807 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
:
10808 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
10809 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
10810 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
10811 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
10812 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
10813 branch_offset
= (branch_offset
+ 2) & ~3;
10815 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
10816 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
10817 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
10818 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
10822 gold_unreachable();
10825 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
10826 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
10827 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
10830 template<bool big_endian
>
10831 class Target_selector_arm
: public Target_selector
10834 Target_selector_arm()
10835 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM
, 32, big_endian
,
10836 (big_endian
? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"))
10840 do_instantiate_target()
10841 { return new Target_arm
<big_endian
>(); }
10844 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
10846 template<bool big_endian
>
10848 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
10850 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_section
,
10851 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
10853 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
10854 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
10855 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
10856 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
10857 // by addresses within the output section.
10859 typedef std::set
<Output_section
*, output_section_address_less_than
>
10860 Sorted_output_section_list
;
10861 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections
;
10862 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
10863 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
10864 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
10865 p
!= section_list
.end();
10868 // We only care about output sections that contain executable code.
10869 if (((*p
)->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
10870 sorted_output_sections
.insert(*p
);
10873 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
10874 typedef typename Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::Text_section_list
10876 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections
;
10877 for(typename
Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p
=
10878 sorted_output_sections
.begin();
10879 p
!= sorted_output_sections
.end();
10882 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* arm_output_section
=
10883 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
10884 arm_output_section
->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections
);
10887 exidx_section
->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, sorted_text_sections
, symtab
);
10890 Target_selector_arm
<false> target_selector_arm
;
10891 Target_selector_arm
<true> target_selector_armbe
;
10893 } // End anonymous namespace.